Regenerate.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobe379656420a1c96f7bef8bab21f5778c67dbe2ef
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18310 14596))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18310 14567))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18368 9296))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18419
171 ;;;;;; 63244))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
253 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261 \(fn)" t nil)
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
288 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299 ;;;***
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18397 19038))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
330 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
424 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
425 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
426 BODY...)
428 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
430 ;;;***
432 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
433 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
434 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18310 14567))
435 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
437 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
438 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
439 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
440 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
441 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
442 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
443 rule's `separate' attribute).
445 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
446 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
447 `separate' attribute set.
449 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
450 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
451 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
452 on the format of these lists.
454 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
456 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
457 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
458 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
459 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
460 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
461 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
462 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
463 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
464 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
465 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
466 options.
468 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
469 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
471 Fred (123) 456-7890
472 Alice (123) 456-7890
473 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
474 Joe (123) 456-7890
476 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
477 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
478 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
480 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
482 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
483 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
484 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
485 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
486 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
487 align that section.
489 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
491 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
492 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
493 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
494 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
495 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
496 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
497 been used to align that section.
499 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
501 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
502 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
503 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
504 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
505 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
506 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
507 to be colored.
509 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
511 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
512 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
514 \(fn)" t nil)
516 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
517 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
519 \(fn)" t nil)
521 ;;;***
523 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
524 ;;;;;; (18377 44622))
525 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
527 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
529 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
531 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
539 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
541 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
545 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
549 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
551 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
553 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
555 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
557 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
560 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
561 \\<allout-mode-map>
563 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
564 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
565 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
567 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
568 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
569 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
570 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
571 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 outline.)
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585 and many other features.
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
588 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
589 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
590 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
591 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
594 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
595 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
596 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
597 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
598 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
599 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
600 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
602 Exposure Control:
603 ----------------
604 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
606 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
608 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
610 Navigation:
611 ----------
612 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
614 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
615 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
617 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
619 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
620 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
621 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624 Topic Header Production:
625 -----------------------
626 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
628 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
630 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
631 ---------------------------------
632 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
633 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
634 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
635 current topic
636 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
637 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
638 are alternated according to nesting depth.
639 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
640 the offspring are not affected.
641 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
643 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
644 ----------------------------------
645 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
647 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
648 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
649 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
650 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
651 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
652 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
654 Topic-oriented Encryption:
655 -------------------------
656 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
657 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
659 Misc commands:
660 -------------
661 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
662 and establish a default file-var setting
663 for `allout-layout'.
664 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
665 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
666 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
667 buffer with name derived from derived from that
668 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
669 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
670 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
671 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
672 format.
673 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
674 auto-activation.
676 Topic Encryption
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
680 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
681 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
683 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
684 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
685 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
686 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
688 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
689 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
690 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
691 pitfalls.
693 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
694 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
695 for details.
697 HOT-SPOT Operation
699 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
700 navigation and exposure control.
702 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
703 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
704 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
705 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
706 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
708 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
709 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
710 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
711 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
712 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
714 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
715 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
716 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
717 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
718 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
719 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
720 at the beginning of the current entry.
722 Extending Allout
724 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
725 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
726 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
728 `allout-mode-hook'
729 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
730 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
731 `allout-structure-added-hook'
732 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
733 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
735 Terminology
737 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
739 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
740 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
741 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
742 CURRENT ITEM:
743 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
744 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
745 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
746 called the:
747 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
749 ANCESTORS:
750 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
751 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
752 of the ITEM.
753 OFFSPRING:
754 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
755 SUBTOPIC:
756 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
757 CHILD:
758 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
759 SIBLINGS:
760 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
762 Topic text constituents:
764 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
765 text.
766 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
767 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
768 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
769 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
770 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
771 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
772 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
773 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
774 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
775 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
776 the PREFIX.
778 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
779 of the ITEM.
780 PREFIX-LEAD:
781 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
782 It can be customized by changing the setting of
783 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
785 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
786 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
787 program code without interfering with processing of the text
788 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
789 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
790 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
791 docstring for more detail.
792 PREFIX-PADDING:
793 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
794 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
795 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
796 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
797 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
798 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
799 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
800 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
801 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
802 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
803 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
804 more details.
805 EXPOSURE:
806 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
807 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 CONCEALED:
809 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
810 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
812 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
813 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
814 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
816 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
818 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
820 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
821 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
823 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
824 setup for auto-startup.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 ;;;***
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
831 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18368 9296))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
834 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
836 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
837 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
838 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
839 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
840 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
841 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
843 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
845 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
846 Not documented
848 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
850 ;;;***
852 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
853 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18310 14596))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
856 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
857 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
858 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
859 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
860 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
861 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
862 in the current window.
864 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
866 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
867 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
868 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
870 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
872 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
873 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
874 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
876 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
878 ;;;***
880 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
881 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18310 14567))
882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
884 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
885 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
887 \(fn)" t nil)
889 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
890 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
892 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
893 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
894 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
895 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
897 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
898 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
900 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
902 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
904 ;;;***
906 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
907 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18310 14597))
908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
910 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
911 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
912 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
913 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
914 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
915 \\[yank].
917 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
918 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
919 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
920 the rules.
922 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
923 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
924 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
925 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
927 \(fn)" t nil)
929 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
930 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
931 \\{antlr-mode-map}
933 \(fn)" t nil)
935 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
936 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
937 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
939 \(fn)" nil nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
944 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
945 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
946 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18310 14579))
947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
949 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
950 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
951 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
952 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
954 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
956 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
957 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
959 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
961 (defvar appt-audible t "\
962 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
964 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
966 (defvar appt-visible t "\
967 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
968 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
970 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
972 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
973 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
974 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
976 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
978 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
979 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
980 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
982 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
984 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
985 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
986 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
988 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
990 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
991 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
992 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
994 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
996 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
997 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
998 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1000 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1002 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1003 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1007 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1008 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1009 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1010 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1011 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1012 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1013 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1015 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1016 function.
1018 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1019 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1021 \(fn)" nil nil)
1023 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1024 Toggle checking of appointments.
1025 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1026 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1030 ;;;***
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1033 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1034 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18310 14567))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1037 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1038 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1039 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1040 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1042 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1043 kind of objects to search.
1045 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1047 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1048 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1049 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1050 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1051 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1052 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1054 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1055 normal variables.
1057 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1059 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1061 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1062 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1063 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1064 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1065 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1066 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1068 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1069 noninteractive functions.
1071 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1072 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1074 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1075 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1077 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1079 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1080 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1082 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1084 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1085 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1086 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1087 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1089 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1090 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1091 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1092 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1094 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1095 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1097 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1099 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1101 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1102 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1109 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1110 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1115 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1116 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1117 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1118 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1119 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1121 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1122 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 bindings.
1124 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1126 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1128 ;;;***
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18310
1131 ;;;;;; 14567))
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1134 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1135 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1136 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1137 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1138 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1139 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1141 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1142 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1143 archive.
1145 \\{archive-mode-map}
1147 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1149 ;;;***
1151 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18310 14567))
1152 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1154 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1155 Major mode for editing arrays.
1157 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1158 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1159 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1161 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1163 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1164 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1165 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1167 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1168 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1169 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1170 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1171 The variables are:
1173 Variables you assign:
1174 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1175 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1176 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1177 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1178 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1179 row numbers in the buffer.
1181 Variables which are calculated:
1182 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1183 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1185 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1186 take a numeric prefix argument):
1188 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1189 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1190 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1191 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1193 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1194 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1195 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1196 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1199 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1201 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1203 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1204 between that of point and mark.
1206 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1207 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1209 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1210 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1211 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1212 newlines inside rows)
1214 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1216 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1218 \(fn)" t nil)
1220 ;;;***
1222 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18310
1223 ;;;;;; 14603))
1224 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1226 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1227 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1228 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1229 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1231 How to quit artist mode
1233 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1236 How to submit a bug report
1238 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1241 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 mouse-2
1244 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1245 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1246 below).
1248 mouse-1
1249 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1250 or pastes:
1252 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 to new point
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 lines
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Paste Paste Paste
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1284 or diagonally.
1286 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1287 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1288 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1289 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1290 poly-lines.
1292 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1293 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1294 overwrite means the opposite.
1296 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1297 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1298 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1300 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1302 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1303 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1305 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1306 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1307 are currently drawing something.
1309 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1310 some time to fill.
1313 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1314 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317 Settings
1319 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1321 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1323 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1325 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1327 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1328 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1330 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333 Drawing with keys
1335 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1336 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1337 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1338 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1339 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1340 When pasting: Pastes
1342 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1344 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1346 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1347 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1348 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1349 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1350 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1351 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354 Arrows
1356 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1357 of the line/poly-line
1359 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1360 of the line/poly-line
1363 Selecting operation
1365 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1367 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1370 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1371 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1373 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1374 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1380 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1383 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1385 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1386 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389 Variables
1391 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1392 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1394 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1395 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1396 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1397 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1398 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1399 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1400 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1401 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1402 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1403 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1404 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1406 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1407 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1408 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1409 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1410 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1411 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1412 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1414 Hooks
1416 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1417 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1420 Keymap summary
1422 \\{artist-mode-map}
1424 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1426 ;;;***
1428 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18310
1429 ;;;;;; 14597))
1430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1432 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1433 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1434 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1436 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1441 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1442 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1444 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1445 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1447 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1449 Special commands:
1450 \\{asm-mode-map}
1452 \(fn)" t nil)
1454 ;;;***
1456 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1457 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
1458 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1460 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1461 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1462 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1464 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1466 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1467 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1468 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1469 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1470 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1471 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1472 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1473 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1474 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1475 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1477 For example:
1478 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1479 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1481 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1482 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1484 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1488 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1489 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1493 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1495 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1497 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1498 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1499 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1500 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1501 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1502 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1504 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1508 ;;;***
1510 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1511 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
1512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1514 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1515 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1517 \(fn)" t nil)
1519 ;;;***
1521 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1522 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18310 14567))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1525 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1526 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1527 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1529 \(fn)" t nil)
1531 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1532 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1533 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1534 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1536 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1538 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1539 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1540 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1543 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1545 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1547 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1548 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1549 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1550 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1552 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1553 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 ;;;***
1559 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1560 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1561 ;;;;;; (18430 50673))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1564 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1565 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1566 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1567 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1568 save the buffer too.
1570 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1572 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1574 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1575 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1576 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1577 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1578 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1579 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1581 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1582 directory or directories specified.
1584 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1586 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1587 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1588 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1590 \(fn)" nil nil)
1592 ;;;***
1594 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1595 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1596 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18310 14567))
1597 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1599 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1600 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1602 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1603 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1604 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1605 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1606 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1610 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1611 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1613 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1614 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1616 \(fn)" nil nil)
1618 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1619 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1620 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1622 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1623 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1624 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1625 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1626 reflected in the current buffer.
1628 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1629 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1630 writing before you save the file!
1632 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1636 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1637 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1639 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1640 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1642 \(fn)" nil nil)
1644 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1645 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1646 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1649 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1651 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1653 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1654 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1656 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1657 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1658 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1662 ;;;***
1664 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1665 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18310 14567))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1668 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1669 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1670 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1672 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1674 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1676 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1677 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1678 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1679 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1681 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1682 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1683 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1685 Effects of the different modes:
1686 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1687 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1688 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1689 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1690 a random distance & direction.
1691 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1692 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1693 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1695 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1697 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1698 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1699 definition of \"random distance\".)
1701 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1703 ;;;***
1705 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1706 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1709 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1710 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1712 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1713 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1715 For example:
1717 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1718 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1719 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1720 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1722 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1724 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1726 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1728 ;;;***
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1731 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1733 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1735 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1736 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1737 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1738 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1740 \(fn)" t nil)
1742 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1743 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1744 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1747 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1749 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1751 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1752 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1753 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1754 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1755 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1756 seconds.
1758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1760 ;;;***
1762 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1763 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18310 14580))
1764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1766 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1767 Time execution of FORMS.
1768 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1769 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1770 FORMS once.
1771 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1772 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1773 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1775 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1777 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1778 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1779 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1780 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1781 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1783 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1785 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1786 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1787 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1788 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1789 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1791 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1793 ;;;***
1795 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18377
1796 ;;;;;; 44624))
1797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1799 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1800 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1802 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1804 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1805 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1806 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1807 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1809 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1810 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1811 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1812 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1813 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1815 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1816 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1819 Special information:
1821 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1823 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1824 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1825 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1826 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1827 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1828 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1829 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1831 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1832 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1835 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1836 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1837 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1838 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1839 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1840 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1841 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1842 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1844 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1846 ----------------------------------------------------------
1847 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1848 if that value is non-nil.
1850 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1852 \(fn)" t nil)
1854 ;;;***
1856 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (18383 1614))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1859 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1861 (autoload (quote bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "\
1862 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1864 \(fn)" t nil)
1866 ;;;***
1868 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1869 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1870 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1873 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1875 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1876 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1877 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1879 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1881 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1882 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1886 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1887 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1891 ;;;***
1893 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18310
1894 ;;;;;; 14596))
1895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1897 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1898 Play blackbox.
1899 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1901 What is blackbox?
1903 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1904 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1905 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1906 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1907 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1908 your score.
1910 Overview of play:
1912 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1913 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1914 four.
1916 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1917 movement keys.
1919 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1920 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1922 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1923 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1925 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1926 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1927 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1928 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1929 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1930 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1932 Details:
1934 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1936 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1937 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1938 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1939 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1941 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1942 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1943 denoted by the letter `R'.
1945 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1946 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1947 denoted by the letter `H'.
1949 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1950 example.
1952 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1953 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1954 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1955 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1956 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1957 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1958 ray.
1960 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1961 degree deflection it causes.
1964 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1965 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1967 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1974 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1975 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1978 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1979 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1980 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1983 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1988 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1989 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1990 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1991 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1992 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1993 emerging from the box.
1995 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1997 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1998 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2002 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2007 a reflection.
2009 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2011 ;;;***
2013 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2014 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2015 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2016 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18310 14567))
2017 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2018 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2019 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2022 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2023 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2024 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2025 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2026 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2027 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2028 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2042 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2043 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2044 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2045 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2046 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2047 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2048 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2049 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2050 recent one.
2052 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2053 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2054 yank successive words.
2056 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2057 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2058 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2059 name of the file being visited.
2061 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2062 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2063 the list of bookmarks.)
2065 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2067 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2068 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2069 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2070 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2071 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2072 this.
2074 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2075 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2076 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2077 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2081 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2082 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2083 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2084 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2085 after a bookmark was set in it.
2087 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2090 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2091 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2092 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2094 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2096 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2099 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2100 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2101 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2103 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2104 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2105 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2107 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2108 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2109 name.
2111 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2113 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2114 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2115 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2116 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2117 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2118 this.
2120 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2122 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2123 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2124 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2125 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2126 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2127 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2128 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2129 probably because we were called from there.
2131 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2133 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2134 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2135 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2137 \(fn)" t nil)
2139 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2140 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2141 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2142 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2143 \(second argument).
2145 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2146 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2147 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2148 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2149 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2151 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2152 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2153 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2154 `bookmark-default-file'.
2156 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2158 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2159 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2160 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2161 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2162 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2163 while loading.
2165 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2166 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2167 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2168 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2169 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2170 explicitly.
2172 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2173 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2174 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2175 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2177 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2179 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2180 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2181 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2182 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2183 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2185 \(fn)" t nil)
2187 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2189 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2191 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2193 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2195 ;;;***
2197 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2198 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
2199 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2205 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (18310 14594))
2206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2208 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2209 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2210 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2211 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2213 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2214 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2215 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2216 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2217 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2219 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2221 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2222 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2224 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2226 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2227 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2229 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2231 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2232 Not documented
2234 \(fn)" nil nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2238 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2239 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2240 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2241 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2243 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2247 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2248 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2249 narrowed.
2251 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2253 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2254 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2256 \(fn)" t nil)
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2261 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2263 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2264 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2265 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2266 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2270 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2272 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2273 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2279 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2280 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2281 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2282 to use.
2284 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2286 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2287 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2288 Default to the URL around or before point.
2290 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2291 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2292 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2293 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2296 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2299 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2301 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2303 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2304 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2305 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2306 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2308 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2309 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2310 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2311 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2313 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2314 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2315 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2317 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2318 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2322 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2324 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2325 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2327 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2328 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2329 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2330 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2332 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2333 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2334 new tab in an existing window instead.
2336 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2337 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2341 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2344 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2345 Firefox.
2347 When called interactively, if variable
2348 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2349 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2350 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2351 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2354 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2355 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2358 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2361 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2362 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2363 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2364 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2365 URL in a new window.
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2371 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2372 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2374 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2375 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2376 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2377 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2380 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2381 new tab in an existing window instead.
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2384 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2388 (autoload (quote browse-url-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2400 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2401 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2413 program is invoked according to the variable
2414 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point.
2430 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2431 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2432 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2434 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2435 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2436 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2437 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2440 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2488 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2489 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2490 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2491 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2492 current one.
2494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2495 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2496 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2497 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2506 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2507 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2508 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2509 don't offer a form of remote control.
2511 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2513 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2514 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2515 Default to the URL around or before point.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 ;;;***
2521 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18310
2522 ;;;;;; 14596))
2523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2525 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2526 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2528 \(fn)" t nil)
2530 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2531 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2533 \(fn)" nil nil)
2535 ;;;***
2537 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2538 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18310 14567))
2539 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2541 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2542 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2543 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2544 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2546 \(fn)" t nil)
2548 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2549 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2550 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2551 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2553 \(fn)" t nil)
2555 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2556 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2558 \(fn)" t nil)
2560 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2561 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2562 \\<bs-mode-map>
2563 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2564 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2565 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2566 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2568 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2569 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2570 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2571 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2572 name of buffer configuration.
2574 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2576 ;;;***
2578 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2579 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18310
2580 ;;;;;; 14567))
2581 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2583 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2584 Keymap used by buttons.")
2586 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2588 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2590 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2591 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2592 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2593 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2594 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2595 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2597 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2598 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2599 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2600 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2602 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2604 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2605 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2606 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2607 specifying properties to add to the button.
2608 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2609 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2610 `define-button-type'.
2612 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2614 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2616 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2617 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2618 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2619 specifying properties to add to the button.
2620 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2621 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2622 `define-button-type'.
2624 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2626 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2628 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2629 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2630 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2631 specifying properties to add to the button.
2632 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2633 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2634 `define-button-type'.
2636 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2637 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2638 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2639 `make-text-button'.
2641 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2643 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2645 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2646 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2647 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2648 specifying properties to add to the button.
2649 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2650 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2651 `define-button-type'.
2653 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2654 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2655 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2656 `insert-text-button'.
2658 Also see `make-text-button'.
2660 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2662 ;;;***
2664 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2665 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2666 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2667 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2668 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (18593 55295))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2670 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2671 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2672 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2673 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2675 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2676 Not documented
2678 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2680 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2682 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2684 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2686 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2687 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2688 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2689 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2691 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2692 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2693 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2694 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2695 whether to compile it.
2697 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2699 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2700 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2702 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2703 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2705 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2706 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2707 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2708 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2709 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2710 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2712 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2714 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2716 Print the result in the echo area.
2717 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2722 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2723 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2725 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2727 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2728 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2729 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2730 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2731 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2732 all functions called by those functions.
2734 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2735 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2736 cons, etc.).
2738 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2739 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2740 invoked interactively.
2742 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2744 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2745 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2746 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2747 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2749 \(fn)" nil nil)
2751 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2752 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2753 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2754 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2755 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2756 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2757 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2758 already up-to-date.
2760 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2762 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2763 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2764 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2765 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2767 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2768 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2769 and corresponding effects.
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2773 ;;;***
2775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18310 14579))
2776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2778 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2782 ;;;***
2784 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2785 ;;;;;; (18489 51007))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2788 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2789 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2790 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2791 from the cursor position.
2793 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2795 ;;;***
2797 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2798 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2799 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (18417 40519))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2803 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2804 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2806 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2807 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2809 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2810 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2814 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2815 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2817 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2820 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2827 \(fn)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2831 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2832 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2834 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2836 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2837 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2838 This is most useful in the X window system.
2839 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2840 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2842 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2844 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2845 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2846 See calc-keypad for details.
2848 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2850 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2851 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2853 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2856 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2861 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2863 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2866 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2867 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2872 Not documented
2874 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2876 ;;;***
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18310
2879 ;;;;;; 14567))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2882 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2883 Run the Emacs calculator.
2884 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2886 \(fn)" t nil)
2888 ;;;***
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2891 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2892 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2893 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2894 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2895 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2896 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2897 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2898 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2899 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2900 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2901 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2902 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2903 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2904 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2905 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2906 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2907 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18593 55294))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2910 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2911 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2912 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2913 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2914 the screen.")
2916 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2918 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2919 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2920 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2921 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2922 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2923 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2925 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2927 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2928 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2929 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2933 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2934 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2935 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2939 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2941 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2942 displayed.")
2944 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2946 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2947 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2948 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2950 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2952 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2953 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2954 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2956 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2958 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2960 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2961 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2962 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2964 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2965 calendar.")
2967 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2969 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2970 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2971 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2973 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2974 calendar.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2978 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2979 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2980 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2982 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2983 calendar.")
2985 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2987 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2988 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2989 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2991 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2993 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2994 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2995 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2996 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2997 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2999 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3001 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3002 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3003 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3004 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3005 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3006 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3007 a function is also provided for this:
3008 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3010 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3011 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3012 date is not visible in the window.
3014 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3015 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3016 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3018 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3020 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3021 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3023 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3024 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3025 date is visible in the window.
3027 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3028 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3029 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3031 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3033 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3034 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3036 For example,
3038 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3040 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3042 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3044 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3045 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3047 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3048 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3050 MONTH/DAY
3051 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3052 MONTHNAME DAY
3053 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3054 DAYNAME
3056 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3057 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3058 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3059 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3060 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3061 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3062 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3063 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3064 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3065 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3066 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3067 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3068 in every week.
3070 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3071 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3072 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3073 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3075 DAY/MONTH
3076 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3077 DAY MONTHNAME
3078 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3079 DAYNAME
3081 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3082 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3084 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3085 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3086 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3087 window but will appear in a diary window.
3089 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3090 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3092 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3093 entries (in the default American style):
3095 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3096 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3097 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3098 21: Payday
3099 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3100 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3101 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3102 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3103 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3104 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3105 &* 15 time cards due.
3107 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3108 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3109 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3110 single diary entry
3112 02/11/1989
3113 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3114 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3115 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3116 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3117 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3118 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3120 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3121 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3122 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3124 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3126 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3128 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3129 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3130 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3131 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3132 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3133 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3134 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3135 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3136 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3137 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3138 details.
3140 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3141 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3142 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3143 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3144 documentation for these functions for details.
3146 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3147 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3149 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3151 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3152 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3157 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3172 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3173 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3178 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3179 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3181 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3183 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3184 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3185 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3186 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3187 full.")
3189 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3191 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3192 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3193 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3194 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3197 DAY/MONTH
3198 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3199 DAY MONTHNAME
3200 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3201 DAYNAME
3203 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3204 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3205 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3208 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3209 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3210 `american-calendar'.")
3212 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3214 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3215 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3216 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3218 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3220 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3221 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3222 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3224 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3226 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3227 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3228 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3230 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3232 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3233 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3234 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3236 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3238 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3239 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3240 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3241 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3242 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3243 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3245 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3248 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3249 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3251 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3252 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3253 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3254 of the form
3256 #include \"filename\"
3258 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3259 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3260 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3261 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3262 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3264 For example, you could use
3266 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3267 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3268 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3270 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3271 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3272 lexicographic order.")
3274 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3276 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3277 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3278 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3280 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3282 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3283 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3284 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3285 diary display.
3287 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3288 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3289 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3290 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3291 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3292 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3293 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3295 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3296 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3297 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3298 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3299 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3300 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3301 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3302 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3304 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3306 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3308 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3309 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3310 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3311 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3316 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3317 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3319 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3320 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3321 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3322 of the form
3323 #include \"filename\"
3324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3326 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3327 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3328 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3332 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3334 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3335 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3336 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3337 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3338 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3342 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3343 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3344 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3345 are holidays.")
3347 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3349 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3350 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3351 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3352 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3353 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3355 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3357 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3359 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3360 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3361 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3363 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3365 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3367 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3368 Oriental holidays.
3369 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3373 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3376 Local holidays.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3384 User defined holidays.
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3393 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3397 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3401 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3408 Jewish holidays.
3409 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3411 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3413 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3416 Christian holidays.
3417 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3419 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3421 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3424 Islamic holidays.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3429 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3431 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3432 Baha'i holidays.
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3437 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3439 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3440 Sun-related holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3445 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3447 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3448 The frame setup of the calendar.
3449 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3450 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3451 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3452 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3453 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3455 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3457 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3458 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3459 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3461 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3462 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3466 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3467 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3468 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3470 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3471 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3472 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3473 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3475 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3477 ;;;***
3479 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3480 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18310 14584))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3483 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3484 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3486 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3489 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3490 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3491 it fails.
3493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3495 ;;;***
3497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18310
3498 ;;;;;; 14597))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3500 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3502 ;;;***
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3505 ;;;;;; (18524 49166))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3508 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3509 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3511 \(fn)" nil nil)
3513 ;;;***
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3516 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3517 ;;;;;; (18488 2751))
3518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3520 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3522 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3523 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3524 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3525 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3526 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3528 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3530 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3539 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3540 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3541 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3542 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3543 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3544 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3546 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3548 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3549 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3551 Key bindings:
3552 \\{c-mode-map}
3554 \(fn)" t nil)
3556 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3557 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3559 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3560 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3561 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3562 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3563 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3564 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3565 message.
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3572 Key bindings:
3573 \\{c++-mode-map}
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3577 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3579 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3581 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3582 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3583 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3584 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3585 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3586 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3587 message.
3589 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3591 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3592 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3594 Key bindings:
3595 \\{objc-mode-map}
3597 \(fn)" t nil)
3599 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3600 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3601 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3603 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3604 Major mode for editing Java code.
3605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3606 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3607 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3609 message.
3611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3613 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3614 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3616 Key bindings:
3617 \\{java-mode-map}
3619 \(fn)" t nil)
3621 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3622 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3623 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3625 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3626 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3627 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3628 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3629 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3630 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3631 message.
3633 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3635 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3636 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3638 Key bindings:
3639 \\{idl-mode-map}
3641 \(fn)" t nil)
3643 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3644 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3648 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3651 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3654 message.
3656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3658 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3659 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3661 Key bindings:
3662 \\{pike-mode-map}
3664 \(fn)" t nil)
3665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3666 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3672 ;;;***
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18578 10872))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3678 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3679 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3680 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3681 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3683 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3685 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3686 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3687 might get set too.
3689 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3690 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3691 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3692 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3693 way.
3695 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3696 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3697 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3698 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3699 a null operation.
3701 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3703 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3704 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3705 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3706 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3708 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3710 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3711 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3712 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3714 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3716 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3717 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3718 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3719 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3720 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3722 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3724 ;;;***
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18310
3727 ;;;;;; 14597))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3729 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3731 ;;;***
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18342 38263))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3735 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3736 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3737 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3739 ;;;***
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3742 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3743 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3746 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3747 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3749 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3754 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3757 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3759 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3760 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3761 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3762 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3763 execution.
3765 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3767 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3769 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3770 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3772 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3773 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3774 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3775 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3777 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3778 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3779 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3780 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3781 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3782 `write' commands.
3784 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3785 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3786 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3787 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3789 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3790 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3791 semantics.
3793 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3795 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3797 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3799 STATEMENT :=
3800 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3801 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3803 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3804 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3805 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3806 | integer
3808 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3810 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3811 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3812 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3814 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3815 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3816 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3818 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3819 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3821 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3822 BREAK := (break)
3824 REPEAT :=
3825 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3826 (repeat)
3827 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3828 ;; (repeat))
3829 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3830 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3831 ;; (read REG)
3832 ;; (repeat))
3833 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3834 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3835 ;; (read REG)
3836 ;; (repeat))
3837 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3839 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3840 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3841 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3842 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3843 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3844 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3845 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3846 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3847 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3848 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3849 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3850 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3851 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3852 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3853 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3854 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3856 WRITE :=
3857 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3858 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3859 ;; representation.
3860 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3861 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3862 ;; (write r7))
3863 | (write EXPRESSION)
3864 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3865 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3866 ;; representation.
3867 | (write integer)
3868 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3869 ;; buffer.
3870 | (write string)
3871 ;; Same as: (write string)
3872 | string
3873 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3874 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3875 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 ;; representation.
3877 | (write REG ARRAY)
3878 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3879 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3880 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3881 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3882 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3883 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3885 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3886 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3888 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3889 END := (end)
3891 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3892 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3893 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3895 ARG := REG | integer
3897 OPERATOR :=
3898 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3899 + | - | * | / | %
3901 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3902 | & | `|' | ^
3904 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3905 | << | >>
3907 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3908 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3909 | <8
3911 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3912 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3913 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3914 | >8
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3919 | //
3921 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3924 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3925 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3928 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3929 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3930 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3931 | de-sjis
3933 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3934 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3935 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3936 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3937 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3938 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3939 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3940 ;; byte of SJIS.
3941 | en-sjis
3943 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3944 ;; Same meaning as C code
3945 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3947 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3948 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3949 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3950 | <8=
3952 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3954 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3956 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3958 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3959 | //=
3961 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3964 TRANSLATE :=
3965 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3966 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3967 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3968 LOOKUP :=
3969 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3970 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3971 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3972 MAP :=
3973 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3974 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3975 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3976 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3977 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3978 MAP-ID := integer
3980 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3982 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3983 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3984 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3985 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3987 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3989 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3991 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3992 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3993 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3995 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3997 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3999 ;;;***
4001 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4002 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4005 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4006 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4007 There are no special keybindings by default.
4009 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4010 to the action header.
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4014 ;;;***
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4017 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4018 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4024 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4027 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4028 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4029 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4030 the users will view as each check is completed.
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4036 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4037 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4038 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4039 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4040 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4041 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4043 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4047 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4048 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4049 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4050 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4051 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4052 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4054 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4058 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4059 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4060 spacing are all verified.
4062 \(fn)" t nil)
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4066 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4067 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4068 otherwise stop after the first error.
4070 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4074 Only documentation strings are checked.
4075 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4076 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4077 a separate buffer.
4079 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4084 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4085 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4092 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4093 if there is one.
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4100 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4101 if there is one.
4102 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4104 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4106 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4107 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4108 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4114 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4115 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4116 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4118 \(fn)" t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4121 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4122 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4123 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4124 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4125 space at the end of each line.
4127 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4129 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4130 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4131 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4132 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4134 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4138 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4139 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4141 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4143 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4144 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4145 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4146 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4194 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4195 turn it off.
4197 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4198 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4199 checking of documentation strings.
4201 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4205 ;;;***
4207 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4208 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (18310
4209 ;;;;;; 14591))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4212 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4213 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4214 Return the length of resulting text.
4216 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4218 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4219 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4221 \(fn)" t nil)
4223 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4224 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4225 Return the length of resulting text.
4227 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4229 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4230 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4232 \(fn)" t nil)
4234 ;;;***
4236 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4237 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18310 14567))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4240 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4241 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4242 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4243 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4244 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4245 editing and the result is evaluated.
4247 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4249 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4250 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4251 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4252 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4253 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4255 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4257 \(fn)" t nil)
4259 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4260 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4261 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4262 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4263 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4265 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4266 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4267 \\{command-history-map}
4269 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4270 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4272 \(fn)" t nil)
4274 ;;;***
4276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18310 14580))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4279 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4280 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4281 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4282 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4283 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4284 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4286 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4287 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4289 ;;;***
4291 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4292 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
4293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4295 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4296 Not documented
4298 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4300 ;;;***
4302 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4303 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
4304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4306 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4307 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4308 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4309 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4311 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4312 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4313 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4314 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4316 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4317 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4319 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4321 ;;;***
4323 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18310
4324 ;;;;;; 14567))
4325 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4327 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4328 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4329 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4330 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4331 of `scheme-program-name').
4332 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4333 it is given as initial input.
4334 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4335 discards input when it starts up.
4336 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4337 is run).
4338 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4340 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4341 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4343 ;;;***
4345 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4346 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4349 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4350 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4351 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4352 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4353 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4354 ?* is used.
4355 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4357 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 ;;;***
4405 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4406 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4407 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (18368 29739))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4410 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4411 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4412 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4413 ASCII table.
4415 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4416 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4417 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4418 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4420 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4422 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4423 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4424 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4426 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4428 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4429 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4430 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4432 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4434 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4435 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4436 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4438 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4440 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4441 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4443 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4444 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4445 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4447 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4448 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4450 \(fn)" nil nil)
4452 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4453 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4455 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4456 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4457 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4459 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4461 ;;;***
4463 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4464 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4465 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4466 ;;;;;; (18326 18335))
4467 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4469 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4470 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4471 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4472 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4473 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4474 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4475 functions have already modified the buffer.
4477 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4479 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4480 either globally or locally.")
4482 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4484 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4485 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4486 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4487 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4488 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4489 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4490 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4491 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4493 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4495 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4497 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4498 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4499 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4500 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4501 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4502 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4503 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4504 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4506 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4508 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4510 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4511 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4512 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4513 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4514 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4515 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4517 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4519 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4520 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4521 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4522 directory tracking functions.")
4524 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4525 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4526 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4528 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4530 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4532 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4533 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4534 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4536 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4538 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4540 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4541 Send COMMAND to current process.
4542 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4543 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4545 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4547 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4548 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4549 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4550 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4552 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4554 ;;;***
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18310
4557 ;;;;;; 14567))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4560 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4561 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4562 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4563 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4565 This command pushes the mark in each window
4566 at the prior location of point in that window.
4567 If both windows display the same buffer,
4568 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4569 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4571 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4572 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4573 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4574 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4575 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4576 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4577 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4578 ignored.
4580 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4581 this command work in interlaced mode:
4582 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4583 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4584 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4586 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4588 ;;;***
4590 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4591 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4592 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4593 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4594 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18574 9600))
4595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4597 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4598 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4600 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4602 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4603 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4605 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4607 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4608 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4609 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4610 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4611 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4612 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4613 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4615 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4616 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4617 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4618 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4619 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4621 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4622 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4623 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4624 describing how the process finished.")
4626 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4627 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4628 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4629 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4630 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4632 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4633 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4634 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4636 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4638 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4639 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4640 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4641 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4643 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4645 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4646 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4648 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4649 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4651 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4652 (lambda ()
4653 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4654 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4655 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4656 (concat \"make -k \"
4657 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4659 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4660 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4662 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4663 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4664 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4665 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4667 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4669 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4670 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4671 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4672 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4674 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4675 and move to the source code that caused it.
4677 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4678 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4680 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4681 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4682 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4683 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4685 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4686 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4687 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4688 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4690 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4691 kills its subprocesses.
4693 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4694 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4695 to a function that generates a unique name.
4697 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4699 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4700 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4701 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4702 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4704 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4705 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4707 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4708 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4709 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4710 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4712 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4713 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4714 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4716 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4718 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4720 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4721 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4722 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4723 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4724 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4726 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4728 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4730 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4732 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4733 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4734 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4735 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4736 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4737 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4738 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4742 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4743 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4744 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4745 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4746 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4747 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4751 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4752 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4753 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4755 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4757 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4759 ;;;***
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4762 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4765 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4766 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4767 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4770 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4772 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4774 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4775 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4776 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4778 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4779 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4780 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4781 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4783 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4784 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4785 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4786 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4788 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4789 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4790 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4791 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4793 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4794 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4795 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4796 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4797 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4801 ;;;***
4803 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4807 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4808 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4809 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4812 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4814 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4816 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4817 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4821 ;;;***
4823 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4824 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4825 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4826 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (18310 14567))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4829 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4830 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4831 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4832 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4833 `make-composition'.
4835 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4837 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4838 | | 1:tc or top-center
4839 | | 2:tr or top-right
4840 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4841 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4842 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4843 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4844 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4845 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4847 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4848 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4849 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4850 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4851 be added.
4853 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4854 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4855 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4857 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4858 | | |
4859 | global| |
4860 | glyph | |
4861 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4862 +----+--*--+
4863 | | new |
4864 | |glyph|
4865 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4868 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4869 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4870 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4871 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4873 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4875 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4876 Compose characters in the current region.
4878 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4879 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4881 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4883 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4884 specifying the region.
4886 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4887 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4888 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4890 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4891 of the text in the region.
4893 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4895 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4896 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4897 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4898 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4900 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4901 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4902 detail.
4904 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4905 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4906 text in the composition.
4908 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4910 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4911 Decompose text in the current region.
4913 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4914 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4918 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4919 Compose characters in string STRING.
4921 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4922 the characters in it.
4924 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4925 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4926 STRING respectively.
4928 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4929 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4930 `compose-region' for more detail.
4932 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4933 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4934 text in the composition.
4936 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4938 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4939 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4941 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4943 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4944 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4945 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4946 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4947 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4948 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4949 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4950 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4952 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4954 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4955 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4957 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4958 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4960 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4961 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4963 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4964 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4966 If no composition is found, return nil.
4968 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4969 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4971 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4972 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4973 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4975 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4977 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4979 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4980 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4981 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4983 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4985 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4987 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4989 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4990 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4992 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4993 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4994 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4995 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4996 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4997 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4998 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4999 nil.
5001 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5003 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5004 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5006 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5008 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5009 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5011 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5013 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5015 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5016 Compose last characters.
5017 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5018 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5019 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5020 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5021 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5022 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5023 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5024 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5025 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5026 after a sequence of character events.
5028 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5029 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5031 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5032 Convert CHAR to string.
5034 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5035 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5036 vector of CHAR respectively.
5037 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5039 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5041 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5043 ;;;***
5045 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5046 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5047 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5048 ;;;;;; (18310 14604))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5051 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5052 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5053 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5054 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5055 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5056 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5057 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5059 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5060 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5061 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5063 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5064 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5065 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5067 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5068 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5069 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5070 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5072 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5073 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5074 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5075 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5076 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5077 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5078 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5080 \\{conf-mode-map}
5082 \(fn)" t nil)
5084 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5085 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5086 Comments start with `#'.
5087 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5089 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5091 \[Desktop Entry]
5092 Encoding=UTF-8
5093 Name=The GIMP
5094 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5095 Name[cs]=GIMP
5097 \(fn)" t nil)
5099 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5100 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5101 Comments start with `;'.
5102 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5104 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5106 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5107 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5108 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5110 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5111 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5113 \(fn)" t nil)
5115 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5116 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5117 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5118 between `/*' and `*/'.
5119 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5121 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5122 // another kind of comment
5123 /* yet another */
5125 name:value
5126 name=value
5127 name value
5128 x.1 =
5129 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5130 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5134 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5136 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5137 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5138 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5139 `conf-space-keywords'.
5140 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5141 in an interactive fashion instead.
5143 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5145 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5147 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5148 image/png png
5149 image/tiff tiff tif
5151 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5152 class desktop
5153 # Standard multimedia devices
5154 add /dev/audio desktop
5155 add /dev/mixer desktop
5157 \(fn)" t nil)
5159 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5160 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5161 See `conf-space-mode'.
5163 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5165 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5166 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5167 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5168 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5170 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5172 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5173 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5175 \(fn)" t nil)
5177 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5178 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5179 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5180 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5182 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5184 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5185 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5187 \(fn)" t nil)
5189 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5190 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5191 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5192 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5194 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5196 *background: gray99
5197 *foreground: black
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5201 ;;;***
5203 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5204 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18310 14596))
5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5207 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5208 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5209 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5210 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5212 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5214 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5215 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5216 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5217 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5219 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5221 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5222 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5223 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5224 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5226 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5228 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5229 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5231 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5233 ;;;***
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5236 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18310 14580))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5239 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5240 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5241 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5242 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5243 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5244 following the copyright are updated as well.
5245 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5246 interactively.
5248 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5250 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5251 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5252 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5254 \(fn)" t nil)
5256 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5257 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5259 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5261 ;;;***
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5264 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18368 9297))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5266 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5267 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5268 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5269 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5270 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5271 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5272 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5274 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5275 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5276 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5277 Tab indents for Perl code.
5278 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5279 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5281 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5282 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5283 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5284 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5285 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5286 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5287 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5288 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5289 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5290 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5291 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5292 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5294 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5296 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5297 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5299 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5301 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5302 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5303 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5304 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5305 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5306 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5307 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5308 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5309 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5311 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5313 bite if angry;
5315 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5316 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5317 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5318 to nil.)
5320 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5321 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5322 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5324 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5326 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5327 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5328 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5329 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5330 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5332 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5334 if (A) { B }
5336 into
5338 B if A;
5340 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5342 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5343 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5344 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5345 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5346 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5347 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5348 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5349 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5350 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5351 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5352 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5353 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5354 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5356 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5357 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5358 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5359 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5360 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5361 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5363 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5364 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5365 man via menu.
5367 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5368 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5369 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5370 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5371 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5373 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5374 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5375 span the needed amount of lines.
5377 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5378 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5379 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5380 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5382 Variables controlling indentation style:
5383 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5384 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5385 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5386 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5387 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5388 `cperl-auto-newline'
5389 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5390 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5391 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5392 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5393 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5394 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5395 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5396 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5397 `cperl-indent-level'
5398 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5399 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5400 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5401 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5402 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5403 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5404 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5405 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5406 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5407 `cperl-brace-offset'
5408 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5409 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5410 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5411 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5412 `cperl-label-offset'
5413 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5414 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5415 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5417 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5418 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5419 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5420 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5421 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5422 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5424 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5425 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5426 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5427 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5429 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5430 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5431 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5432 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5433 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5434 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5436 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5437 column 0 is indented on
5438 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5440 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5441 with no args.
5443 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5444 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5445 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5447 \(fn)" t nil)
5449 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5450 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5452 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5454 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5455 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5457 \(fn)" t nil)
5459 ;;;***
5461 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5462 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
5463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5465 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5466 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5467 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5468 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5469 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5473 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5474 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5476 \(fn)" t nil)
5478 ;;;***
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5481 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5484 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5485 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5486 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5487 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5490 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5492 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5494 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5495 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5496 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5500 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5502 ;;;***
5504 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5505 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5508 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5509 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5510 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5511 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5513 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5514 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5515 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5516 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5518 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5519 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5520 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5522 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5523 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5524 'bob', and 'eve'.
5526 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5527 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5528 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5530 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5532 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5533 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5534 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5536 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5538 ;;;***
5540 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18383
5541 ;;;;;; 1614))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5543 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5545 (autoload (quote css-mode) "css-mode" "\
5546 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5548 \(fn)" t nil)
5550 ;;;***
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5553 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5556 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5557 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5558 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5560 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5561 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5563 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5565 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5566 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5567 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5568 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5569 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5571 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5572 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5573 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5574 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5575 function of these prefix keys.
5577 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5578 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5579 options:
5580 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5581 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5582 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5584 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5585 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5586 the prefix fallback behavior.
5588 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5589 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5590 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5591 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5595 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5596 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5600 ;;;***
5602 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5603 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5604 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5605 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5606 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5607 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5608 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5609 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5610 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5611 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5612 ;;;;;; (18580 52460))
5613 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5615 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5616 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5618 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5620 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5621 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5623 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5625 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5626 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5628 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5629 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5631 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5632 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5634 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5635 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5637 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5638 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5640 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5642 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5644 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5645 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5646 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5648 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5649 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5651 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5652 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5654 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5655 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5657 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5659 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5661 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5662 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5663 Return VALUE.
5665 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5666 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5668 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5669 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5671 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5672 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5674 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5676 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5678 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5679 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5680 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5681 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5682 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5684 \(fn)" t nil)
5686 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5688 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5689 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5691 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5693 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5694 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5696 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5701 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5703 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5705 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5708 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5710 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5712 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5713 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5714 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5716 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5718 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5719 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5720 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5721 as part of Emacs itself.
5723 Each elements looks like this:
5725 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5727 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5728 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5729 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5730 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5731 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5732 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5733 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5734 and `defface'.
5736 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5738 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5739 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5740 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5741 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5742 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5744 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5745 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5746 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5747 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5749 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5751 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5753 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5754 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5755 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5757 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5758 that were added or redefined since that version.
5760 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5762 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5763 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5764 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5765 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5767 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5768 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5770 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5772 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5773 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5774 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5776 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5777 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5779 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5781 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5782 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5784 \(fn)" t nil)
5786 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5791 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all already saved user options.
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5798 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5799 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5800 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5801 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5802 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5803 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5805 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5807 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5809 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5810 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5812 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5814 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5815 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5817 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5826 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5827 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5828 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5829 that option.
5831 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5833 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5834 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5835 The result includes selecting that window.
5836 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5837 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5838 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5839 that option.
5841 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5843 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5844 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5846 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5848 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5849 File used for storing customization information.
5850 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5851 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5852 it should be an absolute file name.
5854 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5855 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5856 something like the following in your init file:
5858 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5859 \(load custom-file)
5861 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5862 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5864 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5865 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5866 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5867 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5868 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5870 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5871 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5872 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5873 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5874 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5875 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5876 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5877 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5878 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5879 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5881 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5883 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5884 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5886 \(fn)" nil nil)
5888 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5891 \(fn)" t nil)
5893 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5895 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5897 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5899 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5900 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5901 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5902 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5903 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5905 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5907 ;;;***
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5910 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18310 14567))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5913 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5914 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5916 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5918 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5919 Alist of face attributes.
5921 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5922 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5923 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5924 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5925 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5926 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5928 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5929 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5930 customization type TYPE).
5932 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5933 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5934 given face attribute.")
5936 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5937 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5938 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5939 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5941 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5943 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5944 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5945 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5946 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5947 between themes and faces.
5948 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5950 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5951 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5953 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5955 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5956 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5957 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5959 (FACE IGNORED)
5961 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5963 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5965 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5966 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5967 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5969 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5971 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5973 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5975 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5977 ;;;***
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5983 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5984 Create a custom theme.
5986 \(fn)" t nil)
5988 ;;;***
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5991 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5994 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5995 Mode used for cvs status output.
5997 \(fn)" t nil)
5999 ;;;***
6001 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6002 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18310 14598))
6003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6005 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6006 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6008 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6009 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6010 C++ modes are included.
6012 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6016 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6017 Turn on CWarn mode.
6019 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6020 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6022 \(fn)" nil nil)
6024 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6025 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6026 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6029 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6031 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6033 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6034 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6035 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6036 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6037 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6041 ;;;***
6043 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6044 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6045 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
6046 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6048 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6049 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6051 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6058 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6060 For readability, the table is slightly
6061 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6063 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6064 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6065 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6066 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6067 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6069 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6071 ;;;***
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6074 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6076 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6077 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6079 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6080 Completion on current word.
6081 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6082 and presents suggestions for completion.
6084 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6085 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6086 completions.
6088 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6089 then it searches *all* buffers.
6091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6093 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6094 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6096 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6097 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6098 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6099 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6100 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6102 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6103 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6105 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6106 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6107 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6109 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6110 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6112 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6114 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6116 ;;;***
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18310
6119 ;;;;;; 14598))
6120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6122 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6123 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6125 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6126 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6127 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6129 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6130 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6131 Data lines are not indented.
6133 Key bindings:
6135 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6136 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6138 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6139 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6140 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6141 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6143 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6145 dcl-basic-offset
6146 Extra indentation within blocks.
6148 dcl-continuation-offset
6149 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6151 dcl-margin-offset
6152 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6154 dcl-margin-label-offset
6155 Indentation for a label.
6157 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6158 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6160 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6161 dcl-block-end-regexp
6162 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6163 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6164 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6165 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6166 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6168 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6169 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6170 Two such functions are included in the package:
6171 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6172 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6174 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6175 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6176 One such function is included in the package:
6177 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6179 dcl-tab-always-indent
6180 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6181 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6182 margin.
6184 dcl-electric-characters
6185 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6186 typed.
6188 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6189 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6190 which words trigger electric indentation.
6192 dcl-tempo-comma
6193 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6194 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6195 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6197 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6198 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6199 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6200 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6202 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6203 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6204 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6205 dcl-imenu-label-call
6206 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6208 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6209 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6210 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6211 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6214 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6216 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6217 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6218 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6219 $ i = 1
6220 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6221 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6222 $ label:
6223 $ if i.eq.1
6224 $ then
6225 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6226 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6227 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6228 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6229 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6230 \"lined up with the command line\"
6231 $ type sys$input
6232 Data lines are not indented at all.
6233 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6234 $ endif
6238 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6239 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6241 \(fn)" t nil)
6243 ;;;***
6245 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6246 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18310 14581))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6249 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6251 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6252 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6253 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6254 of the evaluator.
6256 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6257 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6258 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6260 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6262 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6263 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6265 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6267 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6268 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6269 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6270 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6271 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6272 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6274 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6275 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6277 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6279 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6280 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6281 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6282 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6283 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6285 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6287 ;;;***
6289 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6290 ;;;;;; (18310 14596))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6293 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6294 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6296 \(fn)" t nil)
6298 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6299 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6300 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6301 Upper-case letters are commands.
6303 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6304 modify it.
6306 The most useful commands are:
6307 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6308 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6309 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6310 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6311 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6312 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6314 \(fn)" t nil)
6316 ;;;***
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6319 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18310
6320 ;;;;;; 14568))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6323 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6324 Customization of `columns' group.
6326 \(fn)" t nil)
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6329 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6331 START and END delimits the text region.
6333 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6335 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6336 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6338 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6340 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6342 ;;;***
6344 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18310
6345 ;;;;;; 14598))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6348 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6349 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6350 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6351 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6352 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6353 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6355 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6357 Customization:
6359 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6360 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6361 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6362 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6363 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6364 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6365 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6366 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6367 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6368 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6369 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6370 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6371 blank line.
6372 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6373 Directories to search when finding external units.
6374 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6375 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6377 Coloring:
6379 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6380 Face used to color delphi comments.
6381 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6382 Face used to color delphi strings.
6383 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6384 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6385 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6386 Face used to color everything else.
6388 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6389 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6391 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6393 ;;;***
6395 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18310
6396 ;;;;;; 14568))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6399 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6401 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6402 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6403 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6406 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6408 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6410 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6411 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6412 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6413 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6415 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6416 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6417 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6418 any selection.
6420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6422 ;;;***
6424 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6425 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18310 14581))
6426 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6428 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6429 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6431 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6433 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6434 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6435 or nil if there is no parent.
6436 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6437 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6438 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6439 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6440 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6442 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6443 arguments are currently understood:
6444 :group GROUP
6445 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6446 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6447 :syntax-table TABLE
6448 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6449 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6450 :abbrev-table TABLE
6451 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6452 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6454 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6456 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6458 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6459 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6460 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6462 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6463 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6465 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6466 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6467 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6469 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6470 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6472 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6473 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6475 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6477 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6479 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6480 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6481 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6482 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6483 the first time the mode is used.
6485 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6487 ;;;***
6489 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6490 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18310 14568))
6491 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6493 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6494 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6495 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6496 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6497 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6498 otherwise.
6500 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6502 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6503 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6504 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6505 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6506 character composition information (if relevant),
6507 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6509 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6511 ;;;***
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6514 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6515 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6516 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18597 43990))
6517 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6519 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6520 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6521 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6523 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6525 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6526 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6527 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6528 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6529 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6530 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6534 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6535 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6536 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6537 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6539 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6541 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6542 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6543 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6545 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6546 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6547 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6549 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6550 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6552 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6553 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6554 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6556 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6557 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6558 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6559 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6561 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6563 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6564 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6566 Handlers are called with argument list
6568 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6570 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6572 desktop-file-version
6573 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6574 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6575 desktop-buffer-point
6576 desktop-buffer-mark
6577 desktop-buffer-read-only
6578 desktop-buffer-locals
6580 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6581 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6583 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6584 code like
6586 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6588 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6589 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6591 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6593 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6595 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6596 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6597 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6598 List elements must have the form
6600 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6602 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6603 function.
6605 Handlers are called with argument list
6607 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6609 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6611 desktop-file-version
6612 desktop-buffer-file-name
6613 desktop-buffer-name
6614 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6615 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6616 desktop-buffer-point
6617 desktop-buffer-mark
6618 desktop-buffer-read-only
6619 desktop-buffer-misc
6621 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6622 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6623 created and set.
6625 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6626 code like
6628 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6630 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6631 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6633 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6635 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6637 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6639 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6640 Empty the Desktop.
6641 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6642 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6643 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6645 \(fn)" t nil)
6647 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6648 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6649 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6650 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6651 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6653 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6655 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6656 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6657 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6659 \(fn)" t nil)
6661 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6662 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6663 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6664 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6665 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6666 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6667 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6668 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6670 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6672 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6673 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6674 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6676 \(fn)" nil nil)
6678 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6679 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6680 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6681 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6682 directory DIRNAME.
6684 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6686 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6687 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6689 \(fn)" t nil)
6691 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6692 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6694 \(fn)" t nil)
6696 ;;;***
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6699 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6700 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18368 9295))
6701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6703 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6704 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6705 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6706 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6707 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6708 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6710 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6712 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6713 Repair a broken attribution line.
6714 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6716 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6718 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6719 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6720 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6721 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6723 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6725 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6726 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6730 ;;;***
6732 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6733 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (18310 14591))
6734 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6736 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6738 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6739 Not documented
6741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6743 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6744 Not documented
6746 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6748 ;;;***
6750 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6751 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18593 55294))
6752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6754 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6755 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6756 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6757 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6758 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6762 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6763 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6764 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6765 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6767 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6768 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6769 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6770 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6772 #!/bin/sh
6773 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6774 emacs -batch \\
6775 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6776 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6777 european-calendar-style t \\
6778 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6779 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6780 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6782 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6783 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6784 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6785 to run it every morning at 1am.
6787 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6789 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6790 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6792 \(fn)" t nil)
6794 ;;;***
6796 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6797 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18310 14568))
6798 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6800 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6801 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6803 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6805 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6806 *The command to use to run diff.")
6808 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6810 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6811 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6812 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6813 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6814 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6815 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6817 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6819 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6820 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6821 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6822 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6823 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6824 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6826 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6828 ;;;***
6830 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6831 ;;;;;; (18449 15659))
6832 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6834 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6835 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6836 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6837 normal diffs.
6839 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6840 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6841 headers for you on-the-fly.
6843 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6844 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6845 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6847 \\{diff-mode-map}
6849 \(fn)" t nil)
6851 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6852 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6853 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6857 ;;;***
6859 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6860 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6861 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6862 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6863 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18425 14914))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6866 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6867 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6868 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6869 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6870 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6871 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6872 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6873 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6875 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6877 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6878 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6880 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6881 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6882 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6883 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6884 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6886 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6887 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6889 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6890 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6891 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6892 always set this variable to t.")
6894 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6896 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6897 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6898 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6899 A value of t means move to first file.")
6901 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6903 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6904 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6905 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6906 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6907 are afterward marked with that character.")
6909 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6911 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6912 *Controls marking of copied files.
6913 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6914 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6916 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6918 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6919 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6920 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6921 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6923 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6925 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6926 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6927 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6928 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6930 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6932 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6933 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6934 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6935 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6937 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6939 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6941 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6942 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6943 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6945 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6947 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6948 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6949 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6950 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6951 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6952 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6954 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6955 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6956 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6957 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6958 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6959 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6960 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6961 list of files to make directory entries for.
6962 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6963 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6964 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6965 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6967 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6969 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6970 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6972 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6973 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6975 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6976 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6978 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6979 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6981 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6983 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6984 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6986 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6988 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6989 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6990 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6991 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6992 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6993 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6994 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6995 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6996 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6997 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6998 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6999 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7000 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7001 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7002 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7003 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7004 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7005 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7006 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7007 to see why something went wrong.
7008 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7009 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7010 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7011 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7012 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7013 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7014 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7015 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7016 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7017 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7018 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7019 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7020 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7022 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7023 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7024 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7025 again for the directory tree.
7027 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7028 for more info):
7030 `dired-listing-switches'
7031 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7032 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7033 `dired-marker-char'
7034 `dired-del-marker'
7035 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7036 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7037 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7040 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7042 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7043 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7044 `dired-mode-hook'
7045 `dired-load-hook'
7047 Keybindings:
7048 \\{dired-mode-map}
7050 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7051 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7053 ;;;***
7055 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7056 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7057 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7058 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7059 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7060 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7061 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7062 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7063 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7065 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7066 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7067 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7068 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18568 43717))
7069 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7071 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7073 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7074 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7075 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7076 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7077 which is options for `diff'.
7079 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7081 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7082 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7083 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7084 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7085 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7086 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7088 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7090 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7091 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7092 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7093 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7094 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7095 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7096 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7098 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7100 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7101 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7102 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7103 returned by function `file-attributes'
7105 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7106 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7108 Examples of PREDICATE:
7110 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7111 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7112 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7113 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7114 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7116 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7118 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7119 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7120 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7124 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7125 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7129 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7130 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7134 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7135 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7136 This calls touch.
7138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7140 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7142 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7143 `lpr-switches' as default.
7145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7147 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7148 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7149 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7150 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7151 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7153 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7154 with a prefix argument.
7156 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7158 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7160 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7161 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7162 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7164 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7165 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7167 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7168 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7169 file name substituted for `?'.
7171 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7172 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7174 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7175 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7176 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7177 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7179 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7181 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7182 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7183 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7185 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7186 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7187 in a subdir.
7189 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7190 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7191 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7193 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7195 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Not documented
7198 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7202 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7203 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7204 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7205 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7206 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7207 from the buffer as well.
7208 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7209 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7210 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7212 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7214 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7215 Not documented
7217 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7219 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Not documented
7222 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7224 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7225 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7229 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7230 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7234 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7235 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7239 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7240 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7241 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7242 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7244 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7245 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7246 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7247 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7248 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7249 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7250 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7252 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7254 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7255 Not documented
7257 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7259 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7260 Not documented
7262 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7264 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7265 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7267 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7269 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7270 Not documented
7272 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7274 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7275 Not documented
7277 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7279 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7280 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7282 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7284 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7285 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7286 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7287 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7288 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7289 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7290 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7291 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7292 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7294 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7295 like `cp -d'.
7297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7299 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7300 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7301 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7302 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7303 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7304 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7305 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7306 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7308 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7312 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7313 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7316 and new hard links are made in that directory
7317 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7318 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7319 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7323 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7324 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7325 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7326 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7327 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7328 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7329 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7333 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7336 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7337 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7338 file if none are marked.
7340 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7341 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7342 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7343 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7345 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7346 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7358 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7360 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7362 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7364 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7366 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7368 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7373 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7374 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7384 this subdirectory.
7385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7387 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7388 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7389 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7390 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7391 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7392 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7393 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7397 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7398 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7399 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7400 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7401 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7402 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7403 this subdirectory.
7404 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7406 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7408 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7409 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7410 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7412 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7414 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7415 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7416 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7417 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7419 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7421 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7422 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7423 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7424 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7429 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7430 Lower levels are unaffected.
7432 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7434 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7435 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7439 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Go down in the dired tree.
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7444 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7445 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7446 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7447 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7452 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7453 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7454 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7458 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7459 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7460 Stops when a match is found.
7461 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7463 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7465 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7466 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7467 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7468 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7469 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7471 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7473 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7474 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7475 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7476 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7478 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7480 ;;;***
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7483 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7486 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7487 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7488 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7489 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7490 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7491 buffer and try again.
7493 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7495 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7496 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7497 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7498 This creates relative symbolic links like
7500 foo -> ../bar/foo
7502 not absolute ones like
7504 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7506 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7510 ;;;***
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (18310 14568))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7515 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7516 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7517 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7519 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7521 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7522 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7524 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7525 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7527 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7529 ;;;***
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18310
7532 ;;;;;; 14581))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7535 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7536 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7537 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7538 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7539 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7540 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7542 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7544 ;;;***
7546 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7547 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7548 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7549 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7550 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7551 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18310 14568))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7554 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7555 Return a new, empty display table.
7557 \(fn)" nil nil)
7559 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7560 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7561 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7562 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7563 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7565 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7567 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7568 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7569 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7570 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7571 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7573 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7575 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7576 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7578 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7580 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7581 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7585 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7586 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7588 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7590 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7591 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7593 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C using printable string S.
7598 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7600 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7601 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7602 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7603 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7605 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7608 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7609 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7610 X frame.
7612 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7614 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7615 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7617 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7619 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7620 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7622 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7624 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7625 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7627 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7629 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7630 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7632 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7634 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7635 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7637 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7639 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7640 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7642 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7643 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7644 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7645 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7647 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7648 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7649 European character display.
7651 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7652 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7653 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7654 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7656 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7657 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7658 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7659 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7660 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7662 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7664 ;;;***
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (18310 14596))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7670 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7671 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7672 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7673 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7674 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7675 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7676 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7677 Default is 2.
7679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7681 ;;;***
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18310 14568))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7686 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7687 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7688 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7689 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7690 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7691 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7692 private or ask).
7693 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7694 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7695 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7696 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7697 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7699 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7701 ;;;***
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7704 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18310 14604))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7707 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7708 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7709 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7710 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7711 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7712 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7713 table and its own syntax table.
7715 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7717 \(fn)" t nil)
7718 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7720 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7721 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7723 \(fn)" t nil)
7724 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7726 ;;;***
7728 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18310 14597))
7729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7731 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7732 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7734 \(fn)" t nil)
7736 ;;;***
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7742 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7743 Toggle Double mode.
7744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7745 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7747 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7749 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7750 Toggle Double mode.
7751 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7752 turn it off.
7754 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7755 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7759 ;;;***
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18310 14597))
7762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7764 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7765 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7767 \(fn)" t nil)
7769 ;;;***
7771 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7772 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
7773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7775 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7776 Play sounds in message buffers.
7778 \(fn)" t nil)
7780 ;;;***
7782 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7783 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7784 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18310 14581))
7785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7787 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7789 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7791 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7792 and toggle command MODE.
7794 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7795 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7796 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7797 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7798 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7799 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7800 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7801 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7802 used (see below).
7804 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7805 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7806 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7807 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7808 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7809 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7810 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7811 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7812 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7813 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7814 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7815 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7816 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7817 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7818 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7819 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7820 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7822 For example, you could write
7823 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7824 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7825 ...BODY CODE...)
7827 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7829 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7831 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7833 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7834 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7835 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7836 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7837 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7838 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7839 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7840 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7841 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7842 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7843 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7844 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7846 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7847 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7848 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7849 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7850 call another major mode in their body.
7852 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7854 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7855 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7856 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7857 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7858 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7859 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7860 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7862 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7865 Not documented
7867 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7869 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7870 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7871 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7873 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7875 ;;;***
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7878 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18310
7879 ;;;;;; 14581))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7882 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7884 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7885 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7887 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7888 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7889 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7891 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7892 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7894 :filter FUNCTION
7896 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7897 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7899 :visible INCLUDE
7901 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7902 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7904 :active ENABLE
7906 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7907 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7909 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7911 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7913 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7915 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7916 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7918 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7919 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7921 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7923 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7925 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7927 :keys KEYS
7929 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7930 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7931 computed automatically.
7932 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7934 :key-sequence KEYS
7936 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7937 menu item.
7938 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7939 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7940 keyboard equivalent.
7942 :active ENABLE
7944 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7945 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7947 :visible INCLUDE
7949 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7950 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7952 :suffix FORM
7954 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7955 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7957 :style STYLE
7959 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7960 defined:
7962 toggle: A checkbox.
7963 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7964 radio: A radio button.
7965 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7966 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7967 menu bar itself.
7968 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7970 :selected SELECTED
7972 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7973 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7975 :help HELP
7977 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7979 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7980 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7981 as a solid horizontal line.
7983 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7985 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7987 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7988 Not documented
7990 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7992 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7993 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7994 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7995 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7997 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7999 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8000 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8001 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8002 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8003 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8004 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8006 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8007 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8008 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8010 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8011 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8012 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8014 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8015 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8017 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8019 ;;;***
8021 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8022 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8023 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8024 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8028 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18310 14598))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8031 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8032 Customization for ebnf group.
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8036 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8037 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8039 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8041 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8042 processed.
8044 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8046 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8048 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8049 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8051 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8052 killed after process termination.
8054 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8056 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8058 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8059 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8061 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8062 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8063 it to the printer.
8065 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8066 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8067 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8068 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8070 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8072 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8074 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8076 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8078 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8079 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8081 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8083 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8084 processed.
8086 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8088 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8090 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8093 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8094 killed after process termination.
8096 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8098 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8100 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8101 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8102 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8103 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8105 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8107 \(fn)" t nil)
8109 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8110 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8111 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8113 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8115 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8117 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8118 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8120 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8122 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8123 processed.
8125 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8127 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8129 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8130 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8132 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8133 killed after EPS generation.
8135 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8137 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8139 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8140 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8142 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8143 The EPS file name has the following form:
8145 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8147 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8148 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8150 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8151 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8152 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8153 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8154 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8156 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8157 files.
8159 \(fn)" t nil)
8161 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8162 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8164 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8165 The EPS file name has the following form:
8167 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8169 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8170 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8172 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8173 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8174 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8175 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8176 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8178 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8179 files.
8181 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8183 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8185 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8186 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8188 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8190 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8191 are processed.
8193 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8195 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8197 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8200 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8201 killed after syntax checking.
8203 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8205 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8207 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8208 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8210 \(fn)" t nil)
8212 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8213 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8215 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8217 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8218 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8220 \(fn)" nil nil)
8222 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8223 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8225 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8227 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8229 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8230 Delete style NAME.
8232 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8234 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8236 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8237 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8239 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8241 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8243 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8244 Set STYLE as the current style.
8246 Returns the old style symbol.
8248 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8250 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8252 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8253 Reset current style.
8255 Returns the old style symbol.
8257 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8259 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8261 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8264 Returns the old style symbol.
8266 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8270 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8272 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8273 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8275 Returns the old style symbol.
8277 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8281 \(fn)" t nil)
8283 ;;;***
8285 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18316
8296 ;;;;;; 51173))
8297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8301 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8302 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8303 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8304 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8306 Tree mode key bindings:
8307 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8309 \(fn)" t nil)
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8316 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8317 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8319 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8321 \(fn)" nil nil)
8323 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8324 View declaration of member at point.
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8328 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8329 Find declaration of member at point.
8331 \(fn)" t nil)
8333 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8334 View definition of member at point.
8336 \(fn)" t nil)
8338 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8339 Find definition of member at point.
8341 \(fn)" t nil)
8343 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8344 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8346 \(fn)" t nil)
8348 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8349 View definition of member at point in other window.
8351 \(fn)" t nil)
8353 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8354 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8356 \(fn)" t nil)
8358 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8359 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8361 \(fn)" t nil)
8363 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8364 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8373 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8374 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8375 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8376 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8377 completion.
8379 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8381 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8382 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8383 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8384 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8386 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8390 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8391 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8393 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8395 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8396 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8397 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8399 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8401 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8402 Search for call sites of a member.
8403 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8404 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8405 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8406 looks like a function call to the member.
8408 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8410 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8411 Move backward in the position stack.
8412 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8416 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8417 Move forward in the position stack.
8418 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8420 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8422 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8423 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8425 \(fn)" t nil)
8427 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8428 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8430 \(fn)" t nil)
8432 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8433 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8434 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8435 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8437 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8439 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8440 Display statistics for a class tree.
8442 \(fn)" t nil)
8444 ;;;***
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8447 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8450 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8451 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8452 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8453 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8455 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8456 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8457 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8459 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8460 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8461 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8463 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8465 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8469 ;;;***
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8472 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18310 14568))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8475 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8476 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8477 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8479 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8481 ;;;***
8483 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8484 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18368 9295))
8486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8488 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8489 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8490 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8491 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8492 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8494 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8495 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8496 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8497 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8499 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8501 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8502 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8503 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8504 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8506 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8508 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8509 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8510 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8511 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8513 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8515 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8517 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8518 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8519 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8520 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8521 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8523 If you do this on a function definition
8524 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8525 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8526 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8527 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8529 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8530 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8531 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8532 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8533 already is one.)
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8537 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8538 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8542 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8543 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 ;;;***
8549 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8550 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8551 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8552 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18310 14569))
8559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8561 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8562 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8564 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8567 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8569 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8571 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8573 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8575 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8576 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8577 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8578 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8580 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8582 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8583 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8585 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8587 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8589 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8590 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8592 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8594 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8596 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8597 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8598 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8599 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8601 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8603 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8607 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8608 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8610 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8612 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8615 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8616 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8617 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8619 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8621 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8623 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8625 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8626 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8628 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8630 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8632 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8633 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8634 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8635 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8636 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8637 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8639 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8641 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8642 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8643 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8644 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8646 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8648 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8650 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8651 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8652 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8653 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8655 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8657 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8659 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8661 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8662 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8663 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8664 follows:
8665 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8666 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8668 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8670 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8671 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8672 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8673 follows:
8674 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8675 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8677 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8679 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8680 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8681 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8682 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8683 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8685 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8687 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8688 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8689 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8690 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8691 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8692 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8694 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8696 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8698 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8699 Merge two files without ancestor.
8701 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8703 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8704 Merge two files with ancestor.
8706 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8708 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8710 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8711 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8713 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8715 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8716 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8718 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8720 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8721 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8722 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8723 buffer.
8725 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8727 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8728 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8729 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8730 buffer.
8732 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8734 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8735 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8736 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8737 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8739 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8741 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8742 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8743 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8744 and don't ask the user.
8745 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8746 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8748 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8750 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8751 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8752 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8753 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8754 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8755 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8756 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8757 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8759 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8761 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8763 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8765 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8766 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8767 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8768 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8769 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8771 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8773 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8775 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8776 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8777 When called interactively, displays the version.
8779 \(fn)" t nil)
8781 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8782 Display Ediff's manual.
8783 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8785 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8787 ;;;***
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8793 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8794 Not documented
8796 \(fn)" t nil)
8798 ;;;***
8800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18310 14568))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8803 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8804 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8806 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8808 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8810 ;;;***
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8813 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8816 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8817 Display Ediff's registry.
8819 \(fn)" t nil)
8821 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8823 ;;;***
8825 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8826 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18310 14569))
8827 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8829 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8830 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8831 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8832 which see.
8834 \(fn)" t nil)
8836 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8837 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8838 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8839 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8841 \(fn)" t nil)
8843 ;;;***
8845 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8846 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8847 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8850 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8851 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8852 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8854 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8855 Edit a keyboard macro.
8856 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8857 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8858 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8859 its command name.
8860 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8862 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8864 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8865 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8867 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8869 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8870 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8872 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8874 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8875 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8876 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8877 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8878 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8879 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8881 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8882 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8883 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8884 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8886 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8888 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8889 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8890 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8891 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8892 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8893 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8895 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8897 ;;;***
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8900 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18310 14582))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8903 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8904 Set scroll margins.
8905 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8906 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8908 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8910 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8911 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8913 \(fn)" t nil)
8915 ;;;***
8917 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8918 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8919 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8921 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8922 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8923 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8924 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8925 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8926 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8927 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8929 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8930 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8932 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8933 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8934 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8935 this value is non-nil.
8937 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8938 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8939 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8941 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8942 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8943 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8945 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8947 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8948 Not documented
8950 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8952 ;;;***
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8955 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18310 14581))
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8958 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8959 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8961 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8963 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8964 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8965 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8966 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8967 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8968 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8969 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8971 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8975 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8976 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8980 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8981 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8982 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8983 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8984 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8985 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8986 arg list.
8988 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8989 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18310
8994 ;;;;;; 14569))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8997 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8998 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9000 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9001 an elided material again.
9003 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9007 ;;;***
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9010 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9013 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9014 Initialize elint.
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9018 ;;;***
9020 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9021 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18310
9022 ;;;;;; 14581))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9025 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9026 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9027 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9029 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9031 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9032 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9033 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9035 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9037 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9038 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9039 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9041 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9043 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9045 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9046 Display current profiling results.
9047 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9048 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9049 displayed.
9051 \(fn)" t nil)
9053 ;;;***
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9056 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9059 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9060 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9061 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9063 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9068 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9069 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9070 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9071 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9074 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9075 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9076 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9077 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9078 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9079 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9080 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9081 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9082 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9083 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9084 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9085 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9086 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9087 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9088 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9089 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9091 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9092 Run Emerge on two files.
9094 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9096 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9097 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9099 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9101 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9102 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9104 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9106 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9107 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9109 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9111 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9112 Not documented
9114 \(fn)" nil nil)
9116 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9117 Not documented
9119 \(fn)" nil nil)
9121 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9122 Not documented
9124 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9126 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9127 Not documented
9129 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9131 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9132 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9134 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9136 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9137 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9139 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9141 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9142 Not documented
9144 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9146 ;;;***
9148 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9149 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9152 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9153 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9154 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9156 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9157 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9159 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9161 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9162 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9163 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9165 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9166 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9167 automatically.
9169 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9170 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9171 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9175 ;;;***
9177 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9178 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18568 43591))
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9181 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9182 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9183 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9184 text/enriched format.
9185 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9187 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9188 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9190 Commands:
9192 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9196 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9197 Not documented
9199 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9201 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9202 Not documented
9204 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9206 ;;;***
9208 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9209 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18368 9295))
9210 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9212 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9213 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9215 \(fn)" nil nil)
9217 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9218 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9219 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9221 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9223 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9224 (server (erc-compute-server))
9225 (port (erc-compute-port))
9226 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9227 password
9228 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9230 That is, if called with
9232 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9234 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9235 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9236 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9238 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9240 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9242 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9243 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9244 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9245 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9247 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9249 ;;;***
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18310
9252 ;;;;;; 14583))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9256 ;;;***
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18368 9295))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9260 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9262 ;;;***
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18310 14583))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9266 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9268 ;;;***
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18310 14583))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9274 ;;;***
9276 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9277 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18310 14583))
9278 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9280 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9281 Parser for /dcc command.
9282 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9283 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9284 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9286 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9288 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9289 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9291 \(fn)" nil nil)
9293 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9294 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9296 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9297 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9298 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9299 that subcommand.
9301 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9303 ;;;***
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9306 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9307 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9308 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9309 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9312 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9313 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9315 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9317 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9318 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9319 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9320 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9322 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9324 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9325 Not documented
9327 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9329 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9330 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9332 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9334 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9335 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9337 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9339 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9340 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9342 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9344 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9345 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9347 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9349 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9350 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9352 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9354 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9355 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9357 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9359 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9360 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9362 \(fn)" nil nil)
9364 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9365 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9369 ;;;***
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18310
9372 ;;;;;; 14583))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9376 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9377 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9378 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9380 \(fn)" nil nil)
9382 ;;;***
9384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18310
9385 ;;;;;; 14583))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9387 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9389 ;;;***
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9392 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18310 14583))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9394 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9396 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9397 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9398 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9399 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9400 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9401 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9402 system.
9404 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9406 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9407 Not documented
9409 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9411 ;;;***
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9414 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9417 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9418 Not documented
9420 \(fn)" nil nil)
9422 ;;;***
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18310 14583))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9426 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9428 ;;;***
9430 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9431 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18310 14583))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9433 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9435 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9436 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9437 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9438 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9439 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9440 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9444 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9445 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9446 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9447 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9449 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9450 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9451 automatically.
9453 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9454 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9456 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9458 ;;;***
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9461 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9462 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9463 ;;;;;; (18368 9295))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9465 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9467 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9468 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9470 \(fn)" t nil)
9472 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9473 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9475 \(fn)" t nil)
9477 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9478 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9480 \(fn)" t nil)
9482 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9483 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9485 \(fn)" t nil)
9487 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9488 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9490 \(fn)" t nil)
9492 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9493 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9495 \(fn)" t nil)
9497 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9498 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9500 \(fn)" t nil)
9502 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9503 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9505 \(fn)" t nil)
9507 ;;;***
9509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18310 14583))
9510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9511 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9513 ;;;***
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9516 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9518 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9520 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9521 Show who's gone.
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9525 ;;;***
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9528 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18310 14583))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9531 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9532 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9533 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9534 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9536 \(fn)" nil nil)
9538 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9539 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9541 \(fn)" t nil)
9543 ;;;***
9545 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9546 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18310 14583))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9548 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9550 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9551 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9552 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9553 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9555 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9557 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9558 Not documented
9560 \(fn)" nil nil)
9562 ;;;***
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18310 14583))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9568 ;;;***
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18310
9571 ;;;;;; 14583))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9573 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9575 ;;;***
9577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18310 14583))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9581 ;;;***
9583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18310 14583))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9585 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9587 ;;;***
9589 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9590 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18310 14583))
9591 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9592 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9594 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9595 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9597 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9599 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9600 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9601 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9603 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9605 ;;;***
9607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18310 14583))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9609 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9611 ;;;***
9613 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9614 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9617 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9618 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9619 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9621 \(fn)" t nil)
9623 ;;;***
9625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18310
9626 ;;;;;; 14583))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9628 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9630 ;;;***
9632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18310 14583))
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9634 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9636 ;;;***
9638 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9639 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9640 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9642 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9643 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9644 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9646 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9648 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9649 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9650 mode line.
9652 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9653 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9654 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9657 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9659 ;;;***
9661 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9662 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18310 14583))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9664 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9666 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9667 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9668 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9669 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9671 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9673 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9674 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9675 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9677 \(fn)" t nil)
9679 ;;;***
9681 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9682 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9685 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9686 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9688 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9690 ;;;***
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18310
9693 ;;;;;; 14584))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9696 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9697 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9699 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9701 \(fn)" nil nil)
9703 ;;;***
9705 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18310
9706 ;;;;;; 14584))
9707 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9709 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9710 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9714 ;;;***
9716 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9717 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18310 14584))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9720 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9721 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9722 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9723 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9724 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9725 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9726 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9727 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9728 buffer selected (or created).
9730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9732 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9733 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9734 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9736 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9738 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9739 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9740 The result might be any Lisp object.
9741 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9742 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9743 corresponding to a successful execution.
9745 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9747 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9748 Report a bug in Eshell.
9749 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9750 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9752 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9754 ;;;***
9756 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9757 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9758 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9759 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9760 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9761 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9762 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9763 ;;;;;; (18342 38263))
9764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9766 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9767 *File name of tags table.
9768 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9769 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9770 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9771 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9773 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9774 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9775 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9776 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9778 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9780 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9781 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9782 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9783 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9784 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9785 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9787 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9789 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9790 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9791 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9792 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9793 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9794 `auto-compression-mode').")
9796 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9798 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9799 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9800 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9801 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9802 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9804 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9806 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9807 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9808 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9809 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9811 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9813 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9814 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9815 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9816 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9817 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9819 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9821 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9822 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9824 \(fn)" t nil)
9826 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9827 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9828 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9829 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9831 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9832 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9833 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9834 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9835 file the tag was in.
9837 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9839 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9840 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9841 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9842 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9843 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9844 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9845 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9846 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9847 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9849 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9851 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9852 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9853 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9854 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9855 without directory names.
9857 \(fn)" nil nil)
9859 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9860 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9861 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9862 but does not select the buffer.
9863 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9865 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9866 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9867 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9868 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9869 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9871 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9873 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9874 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9875 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9877 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9879 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9881 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9882 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9883 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9884 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9886 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9887 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9888 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9889 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9890 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9892 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9894 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9895 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9896 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9898 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9900 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9901 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9903 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9904 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9905 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9906 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9907 around or before point.
9909 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9910 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9911 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9912 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9913 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9915 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9917 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9918 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9919 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9921 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9923 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9924 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9926 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9927 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9928 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9929 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9930 around or before point.
9932 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9933 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9934 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9935 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9936 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9938 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9940 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9941 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9942 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9944 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9946 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9947 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9949 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9950 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9951 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9953 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9954 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9955 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9956 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9957 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9959 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9961 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9962 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9963 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9965 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9967 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9968 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9969 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9971 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9972 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9974 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9975 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9976 where they were found.
9978 \(fn)" t nil)
9980 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9981 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9983 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9984 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9985 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9987 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9988 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9990 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9991 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9993 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9995 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9996 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9997 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9998 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10000 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10001 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10002 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10003 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10004 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10006 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10007 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10009 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10010 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10011 Stops when a match is found.
10012 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10014 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10016 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10018 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10019 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10020 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10021 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10022 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10023 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
10024 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
10025 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
10027 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
10028 produce the list of files to search.
10030 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
10032 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10034 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10035 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10036 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10037 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10038 directory specification.
10040 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10043 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10045 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10047 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10048 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10049 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10050 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10052 \(fn)" t nil)
10054 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10055 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10056 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10057 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10058 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10060 \(fn)" t nil)
10062 ;;;***
10064 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10065 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10066 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10067 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10068 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10069 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10070 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10071 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (18310 14591))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10074 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Not documented
10077 \(fn)" nil nil)
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10082 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10084 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10085 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10086 language.
10088 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10089 even if the buffer is read-only.
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10093 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10095 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10100 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10101 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10103 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10104 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10105 language.
10107 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10108 buffer is read-only.
10110 See also the descriptions of the variables
10111 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10112 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10114 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10116 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10117 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10118 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10122 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10123 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10125 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10126 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10128 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10129 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10133 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10134 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10135 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10136 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10138 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10140 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10141 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10142 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10143 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10145 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10146 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10147 the primary language.
10149 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10150 buffer is read-only.
10152 See also the descriptions of the variables
10153 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10154 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10156 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10158 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10159 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10160 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10161 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10163 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10164 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10165 primary language.
10167 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10168 buffer is read-only.
10170 See also the descriptions of the variables
10171 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10172 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10174 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10176 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10177 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10178 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10182 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10183 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10185 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10186 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10187 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10188 3) convert the body into SERA.
10190 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10192 \(fn)" t nil)
10194 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10195 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10196 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10198 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10200 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10201 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10203 \(fn)" t nil)
10205 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10206 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10208 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10209 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10210 be 1, 2, or 3.
10212 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10213 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10214 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10216 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10218 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10220 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10221 Allow the user to input special characters.
10223 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10225 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10226 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10227 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10229 \(fn)" t nil)
10231 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10232 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10234 \(fn)" t nil)
10236 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10237 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10239 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10240 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10242 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10243 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10245 \(fn)" nil nil)
10247 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10248 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10250 \(fn)" nil nil)
10252 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10253 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10255 \(fn)" nil nil)
10257 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10258 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10260 \(fn)" nil nil)
10262 ;;;***
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10265 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10266 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10270 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10271 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10272 server for future sessions.
10274 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10276 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10277 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10278 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10280 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10282 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10283 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10284 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10286 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10288 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10289 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10290 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10291 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10292 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10293 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10294 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10295 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10296 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10297 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10298 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10299 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10301 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10303 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10304 Display a form to query the directory server.
10305 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10306 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10308 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10310 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10311 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10312 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10314 \(fn)" t nil)
10316 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10318 ;;;***
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10321 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10322 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18310 14594))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10325 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10326 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10328 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10330 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10331 Display URL and make it clickable.
10333 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10335 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10336 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10338 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10340 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10341 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10343 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10346 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10348 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10350 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10351 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10353 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10355 ;;;***
10357 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10358 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18310 14594))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10361 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10362 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10363 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10365 \(fn)" t nil)
10367 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10368 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10370 \(fn)" t nil)
10372 ;;;***
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10375 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
10376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10378 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10379 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10381 \(fn)" t nil)
10383 ;;;***
10385 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18310
10386 ;;;;;; 14581))
10387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10389 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10390 Create an empty ewoc.
10392 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10394 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10395 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10396 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10397 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10398 `insert-before-markers'.
10400 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10401 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10402 respectively, of the ewoc.
10404 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10405 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10406 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10408 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10410 ;;;***
10412 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10413 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10414 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10415 ;;;;;; (18310 14599))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10418 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10419 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10420 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10422 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10424 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10425 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10426 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10427 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10428 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10430 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10432 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10433 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10434 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10435 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10436 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10437 executable.
10439 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10441 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10442 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10443 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10445 \(fn)" t nil)
10447 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10448 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10449 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10450 file modes.
10452 \(fn)" nil nil)
10454 ;;;***
10456 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10457 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10458 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10461 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10462 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10463 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10464 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10466 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10468 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10469 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10470 to generate such functions.
10472 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10473 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10474 beginning of the expanded text.
10476 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10477 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10478 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10479 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10481 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10483 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10485 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10486 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10487 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10489 \(fn)" nil nil)
10491 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10492 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10493 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10495 \(fn)" t nil)
10497 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10498 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10499 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10501 \(fn)" t nil)
10502 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10503 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10505 ;;;***
10507 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18593 55295))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10510 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10511 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10512 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10514 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10515 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10516 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10518 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10520 Key definitions:
10521 \\{f90-mode-map}
10523 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10525 `f90-do-indent'
10526 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10527 `f90-if-indent'
10528 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10529 `f90-type-indent'
10530 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10531 `f90-program-indent'
10532 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10533 (default 2).
10534 `f90-continuation-indent'
10535 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10536 `f90-comment-region'
10537 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10538 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10539 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10540 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10541 (default \"!\").
10542 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10543 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10544 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10545 `f90-break-delimiters'
10546 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10547 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10548 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10549 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10550 (default t).
10551 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10552 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10553 `f90-smart-end'
10554 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10555 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10556 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10557 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10558 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10559 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10560 `f90-leave-line-no'
10561 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10563 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10564 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10566 \(fn)" t nil)
10568 ;;;***
10570 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10571 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10572 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10573 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10574 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18310 14569))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10576 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10577 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10579 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10580 Menu keymap for faces.")
10582 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10584 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10585 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10587 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10589 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10590 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10592 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10594 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10595 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10597 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10599 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10600 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10602 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10604 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10605 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10607 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10609 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10610 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10612 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10614 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10616 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10618 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10620 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10621 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10623 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10624 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10625 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10626 to the faces to use for the next character
10627 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10628 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10630 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10631 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10632 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10633 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10634 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10635 preceding faces (including FACE).
10637 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10638 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10640 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10642 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10643 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10644 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10646 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10647 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10648 requested face.
10650 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10651 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10652 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10654 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10656 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10657 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10658 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10660 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10661 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10662 requested face.
10664 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10665 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10666 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10668 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10670 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10671 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10672 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10673 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10674 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10675 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10676 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10678 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10679 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10680 requested face.
10682 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10683 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10684 to insert cancels the specification.
10686 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10688 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10689 Make the region invisible.
10690 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10691 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10695 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10696 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10697 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10698 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10702 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10703 Make the region unmodifiable.
10704 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10705 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10709 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10710 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10714 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10715 Remove all text properties from the region.
10717 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10719 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10720 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10721 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10723 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10725 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10726 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10728 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10730 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10731 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10732 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10733 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10734 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10735 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10737 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10739 ;;;***
10741 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10742 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10743 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10746 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10747 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10748 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10749 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10751 \(fn)" nil nil)
10753 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10754 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10758 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10759 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10760 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10761 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10765 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10766 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10767 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10768 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10769 backup file names and the like).
10771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10773 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10774 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10775 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10776 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10777 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10778 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10779 internally by feedmail):
10781 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10782 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10783 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10784 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10786 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10787 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10788 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10789 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10790 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10792 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10794 ;;;***
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10797 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18368 9292))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10800 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10801 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10802 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10803 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10804 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10805 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10806 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10808 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10810 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10811 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10812 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10813 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10814 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10815 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10816 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10818 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10820 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10822 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10823 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10824 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10825 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10826 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10827 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10829 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10831 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10832 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10833 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10834 Return value:
10835 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10836 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10837 * otherwise, nil
10839 \(fn E)" t nil)
10841 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10842 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10844 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10846 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10847 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10849 \(fn)" t nil)
10851 ;;;***
10853 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10854 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10855 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10856 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18310 14569))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10859 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10860 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10861 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10862 be added to the cache.
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10867 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10868 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10869 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10870 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10872 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10874 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10875 Add FILE to the file cache.
10877 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10879 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10880 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10881 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10883 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10885 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10886 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10887 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10889 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10891 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10892 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10893 This function does not use any external programs
10894 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10895 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10896 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10898 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10900 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10901 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10902 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10903 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10904 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10905 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10906 \(directories) is done.
10908 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10910 ;;;***
10912 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18310
10913 ;;;;;; 14569))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10916 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10917 Filesets initialization.
10918 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10920 \(fn)" nil nil)
10922 ;;;***
10924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18377 44624))
10925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10926 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10928 ;;;***
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10931 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10932 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18418 29074))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10935 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10936 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10937 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10938 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10939 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10941 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10943 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10944 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10945 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10946 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10947 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10949 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10951 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10952 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10953 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10954 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10956 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10958 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10959 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10960 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10961 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10963 (custom-autoload (quote find-name-arg) "find-dired" t)
10965 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10966 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10967 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10969 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10971 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10972 as the final argument.
10974 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10976 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10977 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10978 and run dired on those files.
10979 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10980 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10982 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10984 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10986 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10987 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10988 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10990 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10992 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10994 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10996 ;;;***
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10999 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11000 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11003 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11004 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11005 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11006 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11007 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11008 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11009 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11011 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11012 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11013 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11015 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11017 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11019 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11021 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11022 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11023 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11025 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11026 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11028 Variables of interest include:
11030 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11031 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11032 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11034 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11035 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11036 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11038 - `ff-ignore-include'
11039 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11041 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11042 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11044 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11045 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11047 - `ff-special-constructs'
11048 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11049 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11050 extracting the filename from that construct.
11052 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11053 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11055 - `ff-search-directories'
11056 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11057 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11059 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11060 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11062 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11063 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11065 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11066 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11068 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11069 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11071 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11072 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11074 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11076 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11077 Visit the file you click on.
11079 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11081 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11082 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11084 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11086 ;;;***
11088 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11089 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11090 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11091 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11092 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11093 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11094 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18597 43991))
11095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11097 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11098 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11100 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11103 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11104 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11105 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11107 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11108 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11109 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11110 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11112 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11114 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11115 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11117 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11118 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11119 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11120 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11122 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11123 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11124 in `load-path'.
11126 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11128 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11129 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11131 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11132 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11133 places point before the definition.
11134 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11136 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11137 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11138 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11140 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11142 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11143 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11145 See `find-function' for more details.
11147 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11149 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11150 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11152 See `find-function' for more details.
11154 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11156 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11157 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11159 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11160 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11161 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11163 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11164 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11166 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11168 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11169 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11171 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11172 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11173 places point before the definition.
11175 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11177 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11178 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11179 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11181 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11183 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11184 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11186 See `find-variable' for more details.
11188 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11190 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11191 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11193 See `find-variable' for more details.
11195 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11197 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11198 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11199 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11200 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11201 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11202 buffer nor display it.
11204 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11205 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11207 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11209 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11210 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11212 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11213 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11214 places point before the definition.
11216 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11218 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11219 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11220 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11222 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11224 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11225 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11226 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11228 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11230 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11231 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11233 \(fn)" t nil)
11235 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11236 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11238 \(fn)" t nil)
11240 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11241 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11243 \(fn)" nil nil)
11245 ;;;***
11247 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11248 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18310 14569))
11249 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11251 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11252 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11254 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11256 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11257 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11259 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11261 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11262 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11264 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11266 ;;;***
11268 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11269 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18593 55294))
11270 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11272 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11273 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11275 \(fn)" t nil)
11277 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11278 Display FILE's commentary section.
11279 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11281 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11283 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11284 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11286 \(fn)" t nil)
11288 ;;;***
11290 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11291 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18310 14569))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11294 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11295 Toggle flow control handling.
11296 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11297 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11299 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11301 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11302 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11303 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11304 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11305 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11306 to get the effect of a C-q.
11308 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11310 ;;;***
11312 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11313 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
11314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11316 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11317 Not documented
11319 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11321 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11322 Not documented
11324 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11329 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18567 43650))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11332 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11333 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11334 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11335 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11339 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11340 Turn flymake mode on.
11342 \(fn)" nil nil)
11344 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11345 Turn flymake mode off.
11347 \(fn)" nil nil)
11349 ;;;***
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11352 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11353 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18574 10684))
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11356 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11357 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11359 \(fn)" t nil)
11360 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11362 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11363 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11364 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11365 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11366 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11367 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11368 otherwise turn it off.
11370 Bindings:
11371 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11372 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11373 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11374 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11376 Hooks:
11377 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11379 Remark:
11380 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11381 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11382 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11384 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11385 consider adding:
11386 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11387 in your .emacs file.
11389 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11390 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11394 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11395 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11397 \(fn)" nil nil)
11399 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11400 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11402 \(fn)" nil nil)
11404 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11405 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11407 \(fn)" nil nil)
11409 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11410 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11412 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11414 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11415 Flyspell whole buffer.
11417 \(fn)" t nil)
11419 ;;;***
11421 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11422 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11423 ;;;;;; (18368 9292))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11426 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11427 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11429 \(fn)" t nil)
11431 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11432 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11434 \(fn)" t nil)
11436 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11437 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11439 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11440 of two major techniques:
11442 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11443 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11444 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11446 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11447 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11448 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11449 movement commands.
11451 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11452 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11453 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11454 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11455 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11456 mileage may vary).
11458 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11459 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11461 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11463 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11464 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11465 \(This is the default.)
11467 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11469 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11470 \\{follow-mode-map}
11472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11474 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11475 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11477 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11478 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11479 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11480 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11481 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11482 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11484 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11485 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11486 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11488 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11489 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11490 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11494 ;;;***
11496 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18310
11497 ;;;;;; 14591))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11500 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11501 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11502 \\<message-mode-map>
11503 key binding
11504 --- -------
11506 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11507 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11508 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11509 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11510 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11511 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11515 ;;;***
11517 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11518 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18310 14570))
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11521 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11522 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11524 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11525 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11526 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11527 C-c < forms-first-record <
11528 C-c > forms-last-record >
11529 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11530 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11531 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11532 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11533 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11534 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11535 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11536 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11537 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11538 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11540 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11542 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11543 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11545 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11547 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11548 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11550 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11552 ;;;***
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11555 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (18593 55295))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11558 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11559 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11560 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11561 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11562 with a character in column 6.")
11564 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11566 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11567 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11568 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11570 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11571 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11573 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11575 Key definitions:
11576 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11578 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11580 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11581 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11582 `fortran-do-indent'
11583 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11584 `fortran-if-indent'
11585 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11586 `fortran-structure-indent'
11587 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11588 (default 3)
11589 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11590 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11591 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11592 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11593 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11594 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11595 nil don't change the indentation
11596 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11597 value of either
11598 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11599 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11600 depending on the continuation format in use.
11601 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11602 indentation for a line of code.
11603 (default 'fixed)
11604 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11605 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11606 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11607 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11608 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11609 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11610 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11611 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11612 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11613 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11614 column 5.
11615 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11616 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11617 statements (default nil).
11618 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11619 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11620 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11621 `fortran-continuation-string'
11622 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11623 line (default \"$\").
11624 `fortran-comment-region'
11625 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11626 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11627 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11628 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11629 as typed (default t).
11630 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11631 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11633 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11634 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11636 \(fn)" t nil)
11638 ;;;***
11640 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11641 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18310 14597))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11644 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11645 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11647 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11648 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11650 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11652 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11653 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11655 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11656 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11658 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11660 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11661 Compile fortune file.
11663 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11664 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11666 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11668 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11669 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11671 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11672 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11673 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11674 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11676 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11678 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11679 Display a fortune cookie.
11681 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11682 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11683 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11684 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11686 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11688 ;;;***
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11691 ;;;;;; (18457 33484))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11694 (autoload (quote gdb) "gdb-ui" "\
11695 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11696 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11697 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11699 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11700 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11701 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11702 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11704 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11705 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11706 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11707 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11708 some of the buffers.
11710 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11712 The following commands help control operation :
11714 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11715 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11717 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11718 detailed description of this mode.
11721 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11722 | GDB Toolbar |
11723 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11724 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11725 | | |
11726 | | |
11727 | | |
11728 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11729 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11730 | | (comint-mode) |
11731 | | |
11732 | | |
11733 | | |
11734 | | |
11735 | | |
11736 | | |
11737 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11738 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11739 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11740 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11741 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11742 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11744 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11745 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11746 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11747 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11748 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11749 session.
11751 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11753 (defalias (quote gdba) (quote gdb))
11755 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11756 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11758 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11760 ;;;***
11762 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11763 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18310
11764 ;;;;;; 14581))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11767 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11768 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11769 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11770 instead (which see).")
11772 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11773 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11775 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11776 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11777 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11778 documentation string instead.
11780 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11781 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11782 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11783 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11784 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11785 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11786 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11787 enders are actually possible.
11789 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11790 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11792 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11793 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11794 `font-lock-keywords'.
11796 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11797 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11798 runs the macro expansion.
11800 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11801 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11802 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11804 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11806 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11808 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11809 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11811 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11813 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11814 Enter generic mode MODE.
11816 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11817 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11818 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11820 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11821 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11823 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11825 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11826 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11827 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11828 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11829 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11830 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11831 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11832 `font-lock-keywords'.
11834 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11839 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11842 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11843 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11844 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11845 at places they belong to.
11847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11849 ;;;***
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11852 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (18310 14584))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11855 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11856 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11858 Guideline for numbers:
11859 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11860 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11861 inside loops.
11863 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11865 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11866 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11867 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11869 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11871 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11872 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11874 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11876 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11877 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11879 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11880 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11881 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11882 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11883 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11884 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11886 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11887 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11888 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11889 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11890 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11892 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11894 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11896 ;;;***
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11899 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18355 36598))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11901 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11902 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11904 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11905 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11909 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11910 Read network news.
11911 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11912 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11913 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11914 name of an NNTP server to use.
11915 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11916 server.
11918 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11920 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11921 Read news as a slave.
11923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11925 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11926 Pop up a frame to read news.
11927 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11928 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11929 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11930 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11931 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11932 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11933 current display is used.
11935 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11937 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11938 Read network news.
11939 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11940 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11941 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11943 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11945 ;;;***
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11948 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11949 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11950 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11951 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11952 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18310 14584))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11955 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11956 Start Gnus unplugged.
11958 \(fn)" t nil)
11960 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11961 Start Gnus plugged.
11963 \(fn)" t nil)
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11970 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11971 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11973 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11974 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11975 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11977 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11978 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11979 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11981 \(fn)" t nil)
11983 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11984 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11986 \(fn)" nil nil)
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11989 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11990 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11991 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11992 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11993 supported.
11995 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11999 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12000 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12001 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12002 supported.
12004 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12006 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12007 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12009 \(fn)" nil nil)
12011 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12012 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12013 downloaded into the agent.
12015 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12018 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12019 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12020 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12022 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12024 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12025 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12029 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12030 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12032 \(fn)" t nil)
12034 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12035 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12036 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12038 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12040 ;;;***
12042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12043 ;;;;;; (18490 24742))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12047 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12049 \(fn)" nil nil)
12051 ;;;***
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12054 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12057 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12058 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12060 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12062 ;;;***
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12065 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12066 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18310
12067 ;;;;;; 14584))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12070 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12071 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12073 Usage:
12074 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12078 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12079 Generate the cache active file.
12081 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12084 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12086 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12088 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12089 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12090 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12091 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12092 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12093 supported.
12095 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12097 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12098 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12099 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12100 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12101 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12102 supported.
12104 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12106 ;;;***
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12109 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18310 14585))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12113 Delay this article by some time.
12114 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12116 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12117 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12119 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12120 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12122 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12123 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12125 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12127 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12128 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12130 \(fn)" t nil)
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12133 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12134 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12135 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12137 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12138 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12140 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12142 ;;;***
12144 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12145 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18448 4532))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12148 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12149 Not documented
12151 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12153 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12154 Not documented
12156 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12158 ;;;***
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12161 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12164 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12165 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12167 \(fn)" nil nil)
12169 ;;;***
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12172 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12176 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12180 ;;;***
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12183 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12184 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18310
12185 ;;;;;; 14585))
12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12188 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12189 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12194 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12198 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12199 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12201 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12203 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12204 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12206 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12208 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12209 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12210 The PNG is returned as a string.
12212 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12215 Convert FILE to a Face.
12216 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12217 726 bytes.
12219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12221 ;;;***
12223 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12224 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18377 44624))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12227 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12228 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12229 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12231 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12233 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12234 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12236 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12238 ;;;***
12240 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12241 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12244 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12246 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12247 Run batched scoring.
12248 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12250 \(fn)" t nil)
12252 ;;;***
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12255 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12256 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12259 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12260 Not documented
12262 \(fn)" nil nil)
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12265 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12266 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12268 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12270 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12271 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12273 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12277 ;;;***
12279 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12280 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12281 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12284 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12285 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12286 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12287 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12288 group parameters.
12290 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12291 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12292 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12293 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12295 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12296 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12297 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12298 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12299 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12300 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12301 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12302 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12303 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12304 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12306 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12308 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12309 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12310 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12311 nil CATCH-ALL).
12313 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12314 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12316 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12318 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12319 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12320 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12322 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12324 \(fn)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12327 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12328 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12330 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12332 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12333 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12334 existing groups are considered.
12336 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12337 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12338 returned.
12340 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12341 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12342 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12343 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12344 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12345 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12346 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12347 clauses will be generated.
12349 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12350 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12351 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12352 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12353 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12354 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12356 For example, given the following group parameters:
12358 nnml:mail.bar:
12359 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12360 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12361 nnml:mail.foo:
12362 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12363 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12364 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12365 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12366 nnml:mail.others:
12367 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12369 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12371 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12372 \"mail.bar\")
12373 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12374 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12375 \"mail.others\")
12377 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12379 ;;;***
12381 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12382 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12385 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12386 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12387 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12389 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12391 ;;;***
12393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12394 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18310 14586))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12397 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12398 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12399 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12400 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12402 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12404 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12405 Mail to ADDRESS.
12407 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12409 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12410 Like `message-reply'.
12412 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12414 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12416 ;;;***
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12419 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18310 14586))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12423 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12427 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12428 Load the NoCeM cache.
12430 \(fn)" t nil)
12432 ;;;***
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12435 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12436 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12440 Display picons in the From header.
12441 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12445 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12446 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12447 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12449 \(fn)" t nil)
12451 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12452 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12453 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12455 \(fn)" t nil)
12457 ;;;***
12459 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12460 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12461 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12462 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12463 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18310 14586))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12466 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12467 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12468 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12469 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12471 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12475 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12476 LIST1 is modified.
12478 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12480 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12481 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12482 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12484 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12486 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12487 Not documented
12489 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12492 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12493 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12495 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12497 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12498 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12499 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12501 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12503 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12505 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12506 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12507 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12509 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12511 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12512 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12513 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12515 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12517 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12518 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12519 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12521 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12523 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12524 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12526 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12528 ;;;***
12530 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12531 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18490 24741))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12534 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12535 Not documented
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12539 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12540 Install the registry hooks.
12542 \(fn)" t nil)
12544 ;;;***
12546 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12547 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18310
12548 ;;;;;; 14586))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12551 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12552 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12553 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12554 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12555 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12556 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12558 \(fn)" t nil)
12560 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12561 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12562 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12563 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12564 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12566 \(fn)" t nil)
12568 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12569 Not documented
12571 \(fn)" t nil)
12573 ;;;***
12575 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12576 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12579 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12580 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12581 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12582 for matching on group names.
12584 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12585 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12587 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12589 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12591 \(fn)" t nil)
12593 ;;;***
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12596 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12599 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12600 Update the format specification near point.
12602 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12604 ;;;***
12606 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12607 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18310
12608 ;;;;;; 14586))
12609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12611 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12612 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12614 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12616 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12617 Not documented
12619 \(fn)" nil nil)
12621 ;;;***
12623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12624 ;;;;;; (18310 14587))
12625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12627 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12628 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12630 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12632 ;;;***
12634 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18310 14597))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12637 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12638 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12640 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12641 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12642 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12644 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12645 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12646 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12648 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12649 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12651 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12652 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12654 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12656 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12658 ;;;***
12660 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12661 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18310 14594))
12662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12664 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12666 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12667 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12668 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12669 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12670 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12672 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12674 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12675 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12676 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12677 or to send e-mail.
12678 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12679 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12681 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12682 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12685 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12687 ;;;***
12689 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12690 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12691 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18310 14600))
12692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12694 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12695 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12697 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12699 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12700 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12701 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12702 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12703 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12705 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12706 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12708 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12710 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12711 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12712 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12713 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12715 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12717 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12718 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12720 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12722 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12723 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12725 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12726 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12727 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12729 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12730 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12731 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12733 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12734 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12735 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12736 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12737 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12739 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12741 (defvar grep-history nil)
12743 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12745 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12746 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12747 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12749 \(fn)" nil nil)
12751 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12752 Not documented
12754 \(fn)" nil nil)
12756 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12757 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12759 \(fn)" nil nil)
12761 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12762 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12763 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12764 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12765 where grep found matches.
12767 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12768 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12770 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12771 easily repeat a grep command.
12773 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12774 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12775 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12776 if that history list is empty).
12778 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12780 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12781 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12782 Collect output in a buffer.
12783 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12784 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12786 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12787 easily repeat a find command.
12789 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12791 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12793 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12794 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12795 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12796 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12797 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12799 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12800 before it is executed.
12801 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12803 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12804 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12805 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12807 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12809 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12811 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12812 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12813 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12814 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12815 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12817 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12818 before it is executed.
12819 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12821 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12822 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12823 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12825 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12827 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12829 ;;;***
12831 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18310 14570))
12832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12834 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12835 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12836 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12837 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12838 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12840 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12842 ;;;***
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12845 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18432 46544))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12848 (autoload (quote gud-gdb) "gud" "\
12849 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12850 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12851 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12853 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12855 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12856 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12857 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12858 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12860 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12862 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12863 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12864 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12865 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12869 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12870 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12871 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12872 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12874 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12875 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12877 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12879 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12880 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12881 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12882 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12886 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12887 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12893 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12894 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12895 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12896 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12897 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12899 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12900 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12901 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12902 original source file access method.
12904 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12905 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12907 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12908 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12910 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12912 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12913 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12915 \(fn)" t nil)
12917 ;;;***
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18310
12920 ;;;;;; 14597))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12923 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12924 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12925 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12926 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12928 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12929 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12930 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12931 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12933 \(fn)" t nil)
12935 ;;;***
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12938 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12941 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12942 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12944 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12946 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12947 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12948 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12949 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12951 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12953 \(fn)" t nil)
12955 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12956 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12957 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12958 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12959 to be updated.
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12963 ;;;***
12965 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12966 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12967 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12968 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18310 14570))
12969 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12971 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12972 Return the help-echo string at point.
12973 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12974 property, or nil, is returned.
12975 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12976 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12977 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12979 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12981 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12982 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12983 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12984 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12985 this produces no string either, return nil.
12987 \(fn)" nil nil)
12989 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12990 Display local help in the echo area.
12991 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12992 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12993 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12994 printed instead.
12996 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12997 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12998 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13002 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13004 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13006 \(fn)" t nil)
13008 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13009 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13010 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13012 \(fn)" t nil)
13014 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13015 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13016 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13017 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13018 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13019 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13020 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13021 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13022 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13023 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13024 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13026 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13027 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13028 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13029 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13030 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13032 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13033 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13034 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13035 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13036 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13037 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13038 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13039 The default is `never'.")
13041 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13043 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13044 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13045 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13046 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13047 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13048 considered different regions.
13050 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13051 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13052 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13053 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13054 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13055 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13056 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13057 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13058 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13060 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13062 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13063 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13064 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13065 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13066 different regions.
13068 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13069 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13070 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13071 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13072 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13073 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13074 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13075 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13077 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13078 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13079 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13080 rarely happens in practice.
13082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13084 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13085 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13086 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13087 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13088 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13089 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13093 ;;;***
13095 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13096 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13097 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13098 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13099 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13101 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13102 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13104 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13106 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13107 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13108 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13110 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13112 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13113 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13115 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13117 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13118 Not documented
13120 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13122 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13123 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13124 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13125 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13127 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13129 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13130 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13131 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13132 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13133 it is displayed along with the global value.
13135 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13137 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13138 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13139 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13140 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13142 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13144 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13145 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13146 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13147 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13148 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13150 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13152 ;;;***
13154 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13155 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13158 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13159 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13160 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13161 and window listing and describing the options.
13162 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13163 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13165 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13167 ;;;***
13169 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13170 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13171 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18310 14570))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13174 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13175 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13176 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13177 Commands:
13178 \\{help-mode-map}
13180 \(fn)" t nil)
13182 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13183 Not documented
13185 \(fn)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13188 Not documented
13190 \(fn)" nil nil)
13192 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13193 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13195 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13196 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13197 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13198 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13200 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13201 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13202 restore it properly when going back.
13204 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13206 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13207 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13209 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13210 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13211 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13212 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13213 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13214 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13215 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13216 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13218 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13219 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13220 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13221 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13223 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13224 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13225 that.
13227 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13229 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13230 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13231 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13232 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13233 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13234 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13236 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13238 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13239 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13240 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13241 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13242 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13244 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13246 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13247 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13249 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13251 ;;;***
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13254 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18310 14581))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13257 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13258 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13262 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13263 Provide help for current mode.
13265 \(fn)" t nil)
13267 ;;;***
13269 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13270 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18310 14570))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13273 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13274 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13275 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13276 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13277 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13279 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13280 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13282 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13283 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13284 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13285 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13287 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13288 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13289 periods.
13291 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13292 in hexl format.
13294 A sample format:
13296 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13297 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13298 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13299 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13300 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13301 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13302 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13303 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13304 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13305 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13306 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13307 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13308 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13309 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13310 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13312 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13313 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13314 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13316 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13317 also supported.
13319 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13321 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13322 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13323 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13325 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13326 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13327 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13329 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13330 into the buffer at the current point.
13332 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13333 into the buffer at the current point.
13335 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13336 into the buffer at the current point.
13338 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13340 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13341 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13343 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13345 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13349 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13350 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13351 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13352 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13354 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13356 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13357 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13358 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13360 \(fn)" t nil)
13362 ;;;***
13364 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13365 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13366 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13367 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13370 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13371 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13373 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13374 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13375 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13376 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13377 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13378 called interactively, are:
13380 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13381 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13383 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13384 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13385 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13386 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13388 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13389 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13391 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13392 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13394 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13395 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13396 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13397 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13398 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13399 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13400 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13401 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13402 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13403 function returns t.
13405 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13406 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13408 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13409 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13410 form:
13411 Hi-lock: FOO
13412 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13413 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13414 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13415 Patterns will be read until
13416 Hi-lock: end
13417 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13421 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13422 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13423 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13425 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13426 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13428 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13430 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13431 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13432 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13433 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13434 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13438 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13440 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13441 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13443 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13444 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13445 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13446 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13448 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13450 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13452 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13453 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13455 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13456 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13457 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13458 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13460 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13462 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13464 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13465 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13467 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13468 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13470 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13472 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13474 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13475 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13477 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13478 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13479 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13480 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13481 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13483 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13485 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13486 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13488 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13489 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13490 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13492 \(fn)" t nil)
13494 ;;;***
13496 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13497 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18310 14600))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13500 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13501 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13502 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13503 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13504 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13505 how the hiding is done:
13507 `hide-ifdef-env'
13508 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13509 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13510 is used.
13512 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13513 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13514 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13515 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13516 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13518 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13519 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13520 #endif lines when hiding.
13522 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13523 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13524 is activated.
13526 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13527 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13528 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13530 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13534 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13535 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13537 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13539 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13540 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13542 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13544 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13545 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13547 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13549 ;;;***
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13552 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
13553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13555 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13556 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13557 Each element has the form
13558 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13560 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13561 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13563 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13564 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13566 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13567 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13568 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13569 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13570 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13571 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13573 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13574 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13576 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13577 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13579 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13580 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13581 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13583 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13584 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13585 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13586 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13587 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13588 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13590 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13591 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13592 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13594 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13595 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13597 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13599 Key bindings:
13600 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13604 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13605 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13607 \(fn)" nil nil)
13609 ;;;***
13611 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13612 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13613 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13614 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13615 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18368 9293))
13616 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13618 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13620 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13624 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13625 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13627 Without an argument:
13628 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13629 or passive state as determined by the variable
13630 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13631 and passive state.
13633 With an argument ARG:
13634 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13635 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13636 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13638 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13639 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13640 not displayed in a different face.
13642 Functions:
13643 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13644 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13645 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13646 buffer with the contents of a file
13647 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13648 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13649 various faces
13651 Hook variables:
13652 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13653 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13654 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13658 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13659 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13661 \(fn)" t nil)
13663 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13664 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13666 \(fn)" t nil)
13668 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13669 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13671 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13672 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13673 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13674 shown in the last face in the list.
13676 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13677 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13678 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13680 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13682 \(fn)" t nil)
13684 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13685 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13687 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13689 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13690 to save the file.
13692 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13693 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13695 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13696 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13697 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13699 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13701 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13702 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13704 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13705 this function is called interactively.
13707 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13708 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13709 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13711 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13712 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13713 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13715 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13717 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13718 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13720 When called interactively:
13721 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13722 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13723 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13724 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13726 When called from a program:
13727 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13728 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13729 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13730 - otherwise just turn it on
13732 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13733 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13734 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13735 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13739 ;;;***
13741 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13742 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13743 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13744 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13745 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18310 14570))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13748 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13749 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13750 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13751 or insert functions in this list.")
13753 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13755 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13756 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13758 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13760 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13761 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13763 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13765 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13766 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13768 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13770 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13771 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13773 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13775 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13776 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13777 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13779 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13781 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13782 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13783 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13784 \(as atoms)")
13786 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13788 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13789 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13790 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13791 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13792 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13794 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13796 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13797 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13798 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13799 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13800 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13801 expansions.
13802 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13803 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13804 undoes the expansion.
13806 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13808 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13809 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13810 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13811 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13813 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13815 ;;;***
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13818 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13821 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13822 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13823 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13825 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13826 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13827 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13828 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13829 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13831 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13832 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13833 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13834 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13838 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13839 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13840 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13843 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13845 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13847 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13848 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13849 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13851 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13852 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13856 ;;;***
13858 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13859 ;;;;;; (18593 55294))
13860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13862 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13863 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13864 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13866 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13870 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13871 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13873 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13874 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13875 different list. For example,
13877 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13878 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13880 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13881 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13883 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13884 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13885 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13886 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13887 of a holiday list.
13889 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13891 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13893 ;;;***
13895 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18310
13896 ;;;;;; 14587))
13897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13899 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13900 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13902 \(fn)" t nil)
13904 ;;;***
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13907 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13908 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13915 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13916 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13917 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13918 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13919 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13921 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13922 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13923 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13924 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13925 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18310 14570))
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13933 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13940 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13945 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13947 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13950 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13952 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13955 \(fn)" t nil)
13957 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13958 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13960 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13965 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13978 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13979 Not documented
13981 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13986 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13988 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13989 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13991 \(fn)" t nil)
13993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Remove the first filter group.
13996 \(fn)" t nil)
13998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14001 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14003 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Remove all filter groups.
14006 \(fn)" t nil)
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14011 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14015 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14017 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14019 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Kill the filter group at point.
14021 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14023 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14028 \(fn)" t nil)
14030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14033 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14037 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14038 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14040 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14042 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14044 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14046 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14050 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14052 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14054 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14055 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14062 \(fn)" t nil)
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14067 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14068 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14069 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14073 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14076 \(fn)" t nil)
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14085 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14086 filter into parts.
14088 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14090 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14092 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14094 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14096 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14097 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14099 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14101 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14102 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14104 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14109 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14112 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14113 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14121 Default sorting modes are:
14122 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14123 Name - the name of the buffer
14124 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14125 Size - the size of the buffer
14127 \(fn)" t nil)
14129 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14132 \(fn)" t nil)
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14135 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14136 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14138 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14141 \(fn)" t nil)
14143 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14145 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14146 for this Ibuffer session.
14148 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14152 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14153 for this Ibuffer session.
14155 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14157 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14158 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14160 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14161 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14163 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14164 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14166 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14168 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14171 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14172 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14174 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14181 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14184 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14185 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14186 hidden group filter, open it.
14188 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14189 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14190 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14192 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14194 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14195 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14196 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14198 \(fn)" t nil)
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14203 The names are separated by a space.
14204 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14206 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14207 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14208 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14209 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14211 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14218 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14223 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14228 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14233 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all modified buffers.
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14248 \(fn)" t nil)
14250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14256 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14258 \(fn)" t nil)
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14263 \(fn)" t nil)
14265 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14266 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14268 \(fn)" t nil)
14270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14271 Mark all read-only buffers.
14273 \(fn)" t nil)
14275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14276 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14278 \(fn)" t nil)
14280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14281 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14282 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14283 defaults to one.
14285 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14287 ;;;***
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14290 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18310
14291 ;;;;;; 14570))
14292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14294 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14295 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14297 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14298 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14299 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14301 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14302 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14303 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14304 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14305 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14306 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14308 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14309 title of the column.
14311 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14312 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14313 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14314 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14315 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14317 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14319 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14320 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14321 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14322 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14323 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14325 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14326 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14327 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14329 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14331 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14332 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14333 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14334 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14335 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14336 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14338 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14339 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14340 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14341 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14342 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14343 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14344 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14345 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14346 values are:
14347 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14348 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14349 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14350 buffer's modification flag.
14351 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14352 prompted before performing this operation.
14353 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14354 operation is complete, in the form:
14355 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14356 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14357 confirmation message, in the form:
14358 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14359 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14360 macro for exactly what it does.
14362 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14364 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14365 Define a filter named NAME.
14366 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14367 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14368 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14370 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14371 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14372 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14373 bound to the current value of the filter.
14375 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14377 ;;;***
14379 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14380 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18310 14571))
14381 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14383 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14384 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14385 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14386 buffers which are visiting a file.
14388 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14390 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14391 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14392 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14393 buffers which are visiting a file.
14395 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14397 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14398 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14399 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14401 All arguments are optional.
14402 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14403 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14404 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14405 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14406 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14407 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14408 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14409 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14410 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14411 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14412 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14413 that value locally in this buffer.
14415 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14417 ;;;***
14419 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14420 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14421 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18326 18335))
14422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14424 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14425 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14426 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14427 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14429 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14431 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14432 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14433 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14434 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14435 ICAL-FILENAME.
14436 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14437 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14438 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14440 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14442 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14443 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14444 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14445 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14446 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14447 non-marking or not.
14449 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14451 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14452 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14454 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14455 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14456 DIARY-FILE.
14458 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14459 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14460 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14462 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14463 non-marking.
14465 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14466 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14467 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14469 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14471 ;;;***
14473 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18326
14474 ;;;;;; 18335))
14475 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14477 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14478 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14479 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14481 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14482 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14484 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14486 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14487 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14488 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14489 otherwise turn it off.
14491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14493 ;;;***
14495 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18310 14600))
14496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14498 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14499 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14500 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14501 Tab indents for Icon code.
14502 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14503 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14504 \\{icon-mode-map}
14505 Variables controlling indentation style:
14506 icon-tab-always-indent
14507 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14508 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14509 icon-auto-newline
14510 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14511 inserted in Icon code.
14512 icon-indent-level
14513 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14514 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14515 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14516 icon-continued-statement-offset
14517 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14518 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14519 icon-continued-brace-offset
14520 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14521 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14522 icon-brace-offset
14523 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14524 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14525 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14526 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14528 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14529 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14531 \(fn)" t nil)
14533 ;;;***
14535 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14536 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14539 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14540 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14541 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14542 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14544 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14545 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14546 separate frames.
14548 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14549 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14551 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14552 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14553 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14555 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14557 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14559 ;;;***
14561 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14562 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14565 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14566 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14568 The main features of this mode are
14570 1. Indentation and Formatting
14571 --------------------------
14572 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14573 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14575 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14576 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14577 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14578 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14580 Comments are indented as follows:
14582 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14583 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14584 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14586 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14588 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14589 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14590 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14591 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14592 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14593 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14595 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14596 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14597 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14598 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14600 2. Routine Info
14601 ------------
14602 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14603 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14604 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14605 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14606 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14607 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14608 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14609 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14610 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14611 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14613 3. Online IDL Help
14614 ---------------
14616 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14617 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14618 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14619 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14621 4. Completion
14622 ----------
14623 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14624 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14625 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14626 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14627 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14628 upper case.
14630 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14631 --------------------------------
14632 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14633 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14635 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14636 \\fu FUNCTION template
14637 \\c CASE statement template
14638 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14639 \\f FOR loop template
14640 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14641 \\w WHILE loop template
14642 \\i IF statement template
14643 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14644 \\b BEGIN
14646 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14647 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14649 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14650 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14651 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14652 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14654 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14655 -------------------------
14656 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14657 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14659 7. Automatic END completion
14660 ------------------------
14661 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14662 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14664 8. Hooks
14665 -----
14666 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14667 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14669 9. Documentation and Customization
14670 -------------------------------
14671 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14672 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14673 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14674 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14675 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14677 10.Keybindings
14678 -----------
14679 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14680 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14681 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14683 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14686 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14688 ;;;***
14690 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14691 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14692 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14693 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14694 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14695 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14696 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14697 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18310
14698 ;;;;;; 14571))
14699 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14701 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14702 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14703 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14704 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14705 displaying...)
14706 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14707 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14708 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14711 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14713 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14715 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14716 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14717 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14718 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14719 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14720 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14721 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14722 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14723 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14727 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14728 Switch to another buffer.
14729 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14730 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14731 in another frame.
14733 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14734 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14735 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14736 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14737 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14739 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14740 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14742 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14743 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14745 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14746 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14747 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14748 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14749 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14750 in a separate window.
14751 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14752 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14754 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14755 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14756 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14757 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14758 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14759 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14764 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14765 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14771 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14772 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14778 Kill a buffer.
14779 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14784 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14785 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14786 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14791 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14792 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14793 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14801 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14803 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14804 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14805 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14806 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14807 visible in another frame.
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14810 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14811 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14812 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14813 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14814 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14816 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14817 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14819 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14820 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14822 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14823 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14824 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14825 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14826 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14827 in a separate window.
14828 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14829 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14830 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14831 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14832 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14833 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14834 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14835 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14837 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14838 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14839 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14840 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14841 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14842 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14846 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14847 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14848 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14853 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14854 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14855 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14856 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14861 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14862 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14863 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14867 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14868 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14869 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14870 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14874 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14875 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14876 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14877 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14881 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14882 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14888 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14895 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14896 Write current buffer to a file.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14900 \(fn)" t nil)
14902 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14903 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14909 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14910 Call `dired' the ido way.
14911 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14914 \(fn)" t nil)
14916 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14917 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14918 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14919 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14920 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14921 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14923 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14925 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14926 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14927 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14928 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14930 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14932 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14933 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14934 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14935 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14937 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14939 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14940 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14941 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14942 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14943 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14944 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14945 with `completing-read'.
14946 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14947 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14948 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14949 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14950 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14951 with point positioned at the end.
14952 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14953 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14955 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14957 ;;;***
14959 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18310 14571))
14960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14961 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14963 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14964 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14965 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14967 \(fn)" t nil)
14969 ;;;***
14971 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14972 ;;;;;; (18310 14571))
14973 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14975 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14976 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14978 \(fn)" t nil)
14980 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14981 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14985 ;;;***
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14988 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14989 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14990 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14991 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18323 58980))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14994 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14995 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14996 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14997 be determined.
14999 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15001 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15002 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15003 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15004 be determined.
15006 \(fn)" nil nil)
15008 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15009 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15010 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15011 be determined.
15013 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15015 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15016 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15017 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15018 be determined.
15020 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15022 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15023 Determine and return image type.
15024 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15025 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15026 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15027 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15028 use its file extension as image type.
15029 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15031 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15033 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15034 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15035 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15037 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15039 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15040 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15041 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15043 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15044 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15045 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15047 \(fn)" nil nil)
15049 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15050 Create an image.
15051 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15052 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15053 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15054 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15055 use its file extension as image type.
15056 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15057 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15058 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15059 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15061 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15063 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15065 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15066 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15067 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15068 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15069 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15070 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15071 POS may be an integer or marker.
15072 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15073 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15074 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15075 means display it in the right marginal area.
15077 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15079 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15080 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15081 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15082 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15083 defaulted if you omit it.
15084 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15085 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15086 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15087 means display it in the right marginal area.
15088 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15089 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15090 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15091 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15092 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15094 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15096 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15097 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15098 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15099 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15100 defaulted if you omit it.
15101 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15102 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15103 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15104 means display it in the right marginal area.
15105 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15107 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15109 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15110 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15111 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15112 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15114 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15116 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15117 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15119 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15121 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15122 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15123 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15124 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15125 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15126 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15127 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15128 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15129 satisfied.
15131 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15133 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15135 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15137 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15138 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15140 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15141 documentation string.
15143 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15144 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15145 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15146 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15147 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15148 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15149 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15150 define SYMBOL.
15152 Example:
15154 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15155 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15157 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15159 ;;;***
15161 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15162 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15163 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15164 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15165 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15166 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15167 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15168 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18310 14571))
15169 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15171 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15172 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15176 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15177 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15179 Convenience command that:
15181 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15182 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15183 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15185 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15186 image files in dired and type
15187 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15189 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15191 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15192 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15194 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15196 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15197 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15198 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15199 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15200 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15201 another one).
15203 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15204 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15205 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15207 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15208 instead of erasing it first.
15210 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15211 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15212 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15213 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15214 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15215 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15217 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15219 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15220 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15221 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15222 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15223 displayed.
15225 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15227 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15229 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15231 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15232 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15236 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15237 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15238 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15242 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15243 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15247 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15248 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15249 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15250 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15252 \(fn)" t nil)
15254 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15255 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15259 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15260 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15264 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15265 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15269 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15270 Display current image file.
15271 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15272 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15276 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15277 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15279 \(fn)" t nil)
15281 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15282 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15283 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15284 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15285 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15286 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15287 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15291 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15292 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15293 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15294 easy-to-use form.
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15298 ;;;***
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15301 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15302 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18310 14571))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15305 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15306 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15307 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15308 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15310 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15311 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15312 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15313 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15315 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15317 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15318 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15319 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15320 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15322 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15323 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15324 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15325 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15327 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15329 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15330 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15332 \(fn)" nil nil)
15334 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15335 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15336 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15337 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15339 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15341 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15342 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15343 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15346 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15348 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15350 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15351 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15352 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15353 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15355 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15356 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15357 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15361 ;;;***
15363 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15364 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18578 10871))
15365 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15366 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15367 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15368 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15369 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15370 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15371 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15373 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15374 Major mode for image files.
15375 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15376 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15378 \(fn)" t nil)
15380 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15381 Toggle Image minor mode.
15382 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15383 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15387 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15388 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15389 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15390 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15391 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15392 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15394 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15395 information on these modes.
15397 \(fn)" t nil)
15399 ;;;***
15401 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15402 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18310 14571))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15405 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15406 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15408 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15410 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15411 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15412 in the buffer.
15414 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15416 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15417 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15418 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15420 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15422 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15423 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15425 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15426 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15427 pattern's structure.
15429 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15430 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15431 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15432 during matching.")
15434 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15436 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15437 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15439 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15440 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15441 called within a `save-excursion'.
15443 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15445 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15447 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15448 Function for finding the next index position.
15450 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15451 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15452 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15453 file.
15455 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15456 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15458 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15460 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15461 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15463 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15464 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15465 It should return the name for that index item.")
15467 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15469 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15470 Function to compare string with index item.
15472 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15473 non-nil if they match.
15475 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15476 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15477 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15478 arguments match\".")
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15482 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15483 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15484 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15486 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15488 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15490 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15492 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15493 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15494 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15495 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15497 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15499 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15500 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15502 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15504 \(fn)" t nil)
15506 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15507 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15508 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15509 for more information.
15511 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15513 ;;;***
15515 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15516 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15517 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18310 14591))
15518 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15520 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15521 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15523 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15525 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15526 Not documented
15528 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15530 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15531 Not documented
15533 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15535 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15536 Not documented
15538 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15540 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15541 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15542 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15543 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15544 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15546 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15548 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15549 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15550 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15551 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15552 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15554 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15556 ;;;***
15558 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15559 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15560 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18310 14600))
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15563 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15564 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15565 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15566 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15567 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15569 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15571 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15572 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15574 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15576 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15577 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15578 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15579 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15580 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15581 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15582 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15583 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15585 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15587 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15588 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15589 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15590 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15591 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15593 This variable is only used if the variable
15594 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15596 More precise choices:
15597 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15598 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15599 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15601 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15603 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15605 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15606 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15608 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15609 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15610 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15611 to that buffer.
15612 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15613 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15614 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15615 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15617 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15618 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15620 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15622 ;;;***
15624 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15625 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15626 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15627 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18409 53521))
15628 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15630 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15631 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15633 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15635 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15637 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15638 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15639 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15640 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15641 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15642 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15643 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15644 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15645 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15646 with the top-level Info directory.
15648 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15649 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15650 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15651 appended to the Info buffer name.
15653 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15654 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15655 in all the directories in that path.
15657 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15659 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15660 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15662 \(fn)" t nil)
15664 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15665 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15666 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15667 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15669 \(fn)" nil nil)
15671 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15672 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15673 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15674 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15676 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15678 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15679 Go to the Info directory node.
15681 \(fn)" t nil)
15683 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15684 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15685 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15686 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15687 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15688 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15690 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15692 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15693 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15694 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15696 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15699 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15700 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15701 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15702 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15704 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15705 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15707 Selecting other nodes:
15708 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15709 Follow a node reference you click on.
15710 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15711 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15712 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15713 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15714 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15715 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15716 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15717 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15718 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15719 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15720 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15721 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15722 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15723 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15724 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15725 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15726 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15727 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15728 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15729 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15731 Moving within a node:
15732 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15733 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15734 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15735 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15736 move up to the parent node.
15737 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15738 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15739 if there is none.
15740 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15742 Advanced commands:
15743 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15744 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15745 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15746 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15747 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15748 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15749 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15750 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15751 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15752 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15753 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15754 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15755 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15756 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15757 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15758 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15760 \(fn)" nil nil)
15761 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15763 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15764 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15765 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15766 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15767 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15768 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15770 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15771 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15773 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15774 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15775 KEY is a string.
15776 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15777 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15778 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15779 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15781 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15783 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15784 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15785 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15787 \(fn)" t nil)
15789 ;;;***
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15792 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15793 ;;;;;; (18310 14571))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15796 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15797 Throw away all cached data.
15798 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15799 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15800 system.
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15803 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15805 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15806 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15807 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15808 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15809 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15810 one found at point.
15812 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15814 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15815 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15817 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15818 Display the documentation of a file.
15819 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15820 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15821 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15822 The default file name is the one found at point.
15824 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15826 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15828 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15829 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15831 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15833 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15834 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15836 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15838 ;;;***
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15841 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18310 14571))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15844 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15845 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15847 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15849 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15850 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15851 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15853 \(fn)" t nil)
15855 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15856 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15857 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15859 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15860 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15861 quite a while.
15863 \(fn)" t nil)
15865 ;;;***
15867 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15868 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18310 14572))
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15871 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15872 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15874 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15876 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15877 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15878 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15880 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15881 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15882 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15884 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15885 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15886 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15887 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15889 \(fn)" t nil)
15891 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15892 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15893 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15895 \(fn)" t nil)
15897 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15898 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15899 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15900 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15901 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15903 \(fn)" nil nil)
15905 ;;;***
15907 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15908 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15909 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
15910 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15912 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15913 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15917 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15918 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15920 \(fn)" t nil)
15922 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15923 Not documented
15925 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15927 ;;;***
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18310
15930 ;;;;;; 14572))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15933 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15934 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15935 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15936 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15937 accessed via isearchb.
15939 \(fn)" t nil)
15941 ;;;***
15943 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15944 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15945 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15946 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18310 14589))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15949 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15950 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15951 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15952 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15953 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15955 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15957 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15959 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15965 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15967 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15973 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15981 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15989 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16007 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16008 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16010 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16012 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16013 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16014 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16015 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16017 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16019 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Warn that format is read-only.
16022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16024 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Warn that format is write-only.
16027 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16029 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16032 \(fn)" t nil)
16034 ;;;***
16036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16037 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
16038 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16039 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16040 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16041 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16043 ;;;***
16045 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16046 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16047 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16048 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16049 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16050 ;;;;;; (18368 9298))
16051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16052 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16054 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16055 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16056 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16057 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16059 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16060 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16062 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16063 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16064 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16066 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16067 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16068 re-start Emacs.")
16070 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16072 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16074 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16076 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16078 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16080 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16082 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16084 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16085 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16087 Each element of this list is also a list:
16089 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16090 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16092 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16093 nil means the default dictionary.
16095 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16097 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16099 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16100 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16101 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16102 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16103 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16104 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16105 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16106 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16107 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16109 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16110 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16111 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16112 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16113 for non-ASCII bytes.
16115 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16116 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16117 single word.
16119 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16120 subprocess.
16122 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16123 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16124 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16125 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16126 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16127 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16128 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16129 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16131 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16133 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16134 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16135 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16137 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16138 Key map for ispell menu.")
16140 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16141 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16142 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16143 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16145 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16147 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16149 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16151 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16153 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16154 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16155 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16156 Valid forms include:
16157 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16158 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16159 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16160 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16162 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16163 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16164 First list is used raw.
16165 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16167 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16168 for skipping in latex mode.")
16170 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16171 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16172 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16173 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16174 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16175 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16176 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16178 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16179 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16180 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16181 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16183 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16184 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16185 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16186 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16187 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16189 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16190 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16192 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16193 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16195 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16196 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16198 Return values:
16199 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16200 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16201 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16202 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16203 quit spell session exited.
16205 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16207 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16208 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16209 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16211 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16213 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16214 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16216 Selections are:
16218 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16219 SPC: Accept word this time.
16220 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16221 `a': Accept word for this session.
16222 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16223 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16224 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16225 `?': Show these commands.
16226 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16227 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16228 the aborted check to be completed later.
16229 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16230 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16231 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16232 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16233 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16234 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16235 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16237 \(fn)" nil nil)
16239 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16240 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16241 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16243 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16245 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16246 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16247 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16248 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16250 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16252 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16254 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16255 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16256 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16257 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16259 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16261 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16262 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16264 \(fn)" t nil)
16266 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16267 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16269 \(fn)" t nil)
16271 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16272 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16274 \(fn)" t nil)
16276 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16277 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16278 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16279 sequence inside of a word.
16281 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16283 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16285 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16286 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16288 \(fn)" t nil)
16290 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16291 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16292 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16293 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16295 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16296 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16297 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16298 available on the net.
16300 \(fn)" t nil)
16302 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16303 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16304 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16305 otherwise turn it off.
16307 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16308 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16310 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16311 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16315 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16316 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16317 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16318 Don't check included messages.
16320 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16321 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16322 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16324 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16325 in your .emacs file:
16326 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16327 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16328 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16329 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16331 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16332 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16333 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16335 \(fn)" t nil)
16337 ;;;***
16339 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18385
16340 ;;;;;; 29912))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16343 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16344 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16345 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16348 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16350 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16352 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16353 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16354 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16355 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16356 `iswitchb' for details.
16358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16360 ;;;***
16362 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16363 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16364 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16365 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18310 14591))
16366 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16368 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16369 Not documented
16371 \(fn)" nil nil)
16373 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16374 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16375 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16376 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16377 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16378 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16379 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16380 necessary to represent OBJ.
16382 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16384 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16385 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16386 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16387 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16389 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16391 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16395 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16397 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16399 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16400 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16401 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16402 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16404 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16406 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16407 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16408 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16409 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16411 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16413 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16414 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16416 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16418 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16419 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16420 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16421 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16422 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16424 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16426 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16427 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16428 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16429 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16430 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16432 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16434 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16435 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16436 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16438 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16440 ;;;***
16442 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16443 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18310 14572))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16446 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16447 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16448 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16449 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16451 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16452 Not documented
16454 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16456 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16457 Uninstall jka-compr.
16458 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16459 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16460 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16462 \(fn)" nil nil)
16464 ;;;***
16466 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16467 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16468 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16471 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16472 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16473 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16474 decimal key must be specified.")
16476 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16478 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16479 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16480 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16481 decimal key must be specified.")
16483 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16485 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16486 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16487 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16488 decimal key must be specified.")
16490 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16492 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16493 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16494 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16495 decimal key must be specified.")
16497 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16499 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16500 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16501 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16502 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16503 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16504 keys are bound.
16506 Setup Binding
16507 -------------------------------------------------------------
16508 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16509 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16510 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16511 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16512 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16513 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16514 in the global and local keymaps.
16516 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16517 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16519 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16521 ;;;***
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16524 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16527 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16528 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16529 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16531 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16532 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16533 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16534 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16535 shorter.
16537 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16538 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16539 the context of text formatting.
16541 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16543 ;;;***
16545 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18310
16546 ;;;;;; 14589))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16549 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16550 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16551 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16552 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16553 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16554 positions that contains the current selection.")
16556 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16557 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16558 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16559 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16560 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16561 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16562 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16564 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16566 ;;;***
16568 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16569 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16570 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16571 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18584 56069))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16573 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16574 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16575 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16576 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16577 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16578 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16581 (autoload (quote kmacro-exec-ring-item) "kmacro" "\
16582 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16584 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16586 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16587 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16588 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16589 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16590 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16592 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16594 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16595 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16596 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16598 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16599 defining the macro.
16601 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16602 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16603 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16605 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16606 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16608 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16610 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16611 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16612 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16613 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16614 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16615 under that name.
16617 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16618 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16619 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16623 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16624 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16625 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16627 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16628 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16629 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16630 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16632 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16633 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16635 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16637 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16638 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16639 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16641 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16642 macro.
16644 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16645 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16647 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16648 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16649 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16651 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16652 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16656 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16657 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16658 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16659 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16661 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16663 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16664 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16665 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16666 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16668 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16669 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16671 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16673 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16674 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16675 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16677 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16679 ;;;***
16681 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16682 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16683 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16686 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16688 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16689 Not documented
16691 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16693 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16694 Not documented
16696 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16698 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16699 Not documented
16701 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16703 ;;;***
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16706 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18310 14591))
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16709 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16710 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16711 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16713 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16714 Not documented
16716 \(fn)" nil nil)
16718 ;;;***
16720 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16721 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16724 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16726 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16727 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16729 \(fn)" t nil)
16731 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16733 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16734 Start or resume an Lm game.
16735 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16736 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16738 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16739 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16740 none / 1 | yes | no
16741 2 | yes | yes
16742 3 | no | yes
16743 4 | no | no
16745 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16746 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16747 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16749 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16751 ;;;***
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16754 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16755 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18310
16756 ;;;;;; 14591))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16759 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16760 Not documented
16762 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16764 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16765 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16766 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16767 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16768 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16769 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16771 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16772 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16774 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16776 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16777 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16779 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16781 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16782 Not documented
16784 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16786 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16787 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16788 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16789 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16790 to compose.
16792 The return value is number of composed characters.
16794 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16796 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16797 Not documented
16799 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16801 ;;;***
16803 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16804 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16805 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18310 14589))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16808 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16809 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16810 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16811 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16813 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16815 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16816 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16817 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16819 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16821 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16822 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16823 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16825 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16827 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16828 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16829 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16830 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16832 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16834 ;;;***
16836 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16837 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18310 14590))
16838 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16840 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16841 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16842 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16843 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16844 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16845 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16846 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16847 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16849 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16850 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16853 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16855 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16857 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16858 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16859 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16860 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16861 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16862 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16863 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16864 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16866 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16868 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16869 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16870 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16871 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16874 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16876 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16878 ;;;***
16880 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16881 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16884 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16886 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16888 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16889 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16891 \(fn)" t nil)
16893 ;;;***
16895 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16896 ;;;;;; (18310 14572))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16899 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16900 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16902 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16903 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16905 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16906 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16908 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16909 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16910 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16911 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16912 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16913 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16914 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16915 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16916 and transmit saved text.
16918 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16919 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16920 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16922 \(fn)" t nil)
16924 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16925 Not documented
16927 \(fn)" nil nil)
16929 ;;;***
16931 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18310 14597))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16934 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16935 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16936 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16937 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16938 generations (this defaults to 1).
16940 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16942 ;;;***
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18310
16945 ;;;;;; 14572))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16948 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16949 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16950 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16951 is nil, raise an error.
16953 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16954 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16955 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16956 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16957 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16958 defined by the library.
16960 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16961 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16962 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16963 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16964 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16965 proceeds.
16967 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16968 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16969 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16970 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16972 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16974 ;;;***
16976 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16977 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18310 14572))
16978 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16980 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16981 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16982 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16984 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16986 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16987 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16988 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16989 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16991 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16992 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16993 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16994 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16995 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16996 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16997 the version.)
16999 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17000 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17002 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17003 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17005 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17007 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17009 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17010 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17011 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17012 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17013 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17014 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17015 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17016 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17017 to constrain a big search.
17019 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17021 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17022 except that FILTER is not optional.
17024 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17026 ;;;***
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18310 14573))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17031 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17032 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17033 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17034 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17035 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17036 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17037 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17038 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17039 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17040 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17041 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17042 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17043 uses the current buffer.
17045 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17047 ;;;***
17049 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18310
17050 ;;;;;; 14573))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17053 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17054 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17056 \(fn)" t nil)
17058 ;;;***
17060 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18310
17061 ;;;;;; 14573))
17062 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17064 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17065 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17066 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17067 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17068 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17070 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17071 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17072 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17074 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17075 are indicated with a symbol.
17077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17079 ;;;***
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17082 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18330
17083 ;;;;;; 34098))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17086 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17088 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17090 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type (quote (emx ms-dos))) "PRN") "\
17091 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17092 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17094 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17095 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17097 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17098 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17099 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17100 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17101 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17102 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17103 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17105 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17107 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17108 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17109 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17110 switch on this list.
17111 See `lpr-command'.")
17113 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17115 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17116 *Name of program for printing a file.
17118 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17119 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17120 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17121 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17122 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17123 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17124 argument.")
17126 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17128 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17129 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17130 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17131 for customization of the printer command.
17133 \(fn)" t nil)
17135 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17136 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17138 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17139 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17140 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17141 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17143 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17144 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17146 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17147 for further customization of the printer command.
17149 \(fn)" t nil)
17151 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17152 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17153 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17154 for customization of the printer command.
17156 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17158 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17159 Paginate and print the region contents.
17161 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17162 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17163 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17164 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17166 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17167 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17169 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17170 for further customization of the printer command.
17172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17174 ;;;***
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17177 ;;;;;; (18310 14573))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17180 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17181 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17182 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17184 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17186 ;;;***
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18310
17189 ;;;;;; 14580))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17192 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17193 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17194 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17196 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17200 ;;;***
17202 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18310
17203 ;;;;;; 14600))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17206 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17207 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17208 \\{m4-mode-map}
17210 \(fn)" t nil)
17212 ;;;***
17214 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17215 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17218 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17219 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17220 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17221 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17222 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17224 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17226 ;;;***
17228 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17229 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18310 14573))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17232 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17233 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17234 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17235 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17236 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17238 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17240 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17241 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17242 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17243 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17245 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17246 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17247 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17248 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17249 bindings.
17251 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17252 use this command, and then save the file.
17254 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17256 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17257 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17258 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17259 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17260 each time the macro executes.
17261 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17262 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17263 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17264 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17265 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17266 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17267 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17269 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17271 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17272 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17273 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17274 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17276 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17277 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17278 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17279 execute.
17281 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17282 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17284 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17285 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17286 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17287 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17288 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17290 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17291 looked like this:
17293 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17294 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17295 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17297 You could enter the names in this format:
17303 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17305 \\C-x (
17306 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17307 \\C-x )
17309 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17310 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17312 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17313 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17315 ;;;***
17317 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17318 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18368 9296))
17319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17321 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17322 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17323 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17324 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17325 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17326 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17328 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17329 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17330 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17331 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17332 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17334 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17335 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17336 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17337 consing a string.)
17339 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17341 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17342 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17344 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17346 ;;;***
17348 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17349 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17350 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17353 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17354 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17358 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17359 Not documented
17361 \(fn)" nil nil)
17363 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17364 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17366 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17368 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17369 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17370 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17371 message.
17373 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17375 \(fn)" nil nil)
17377 ;;;***
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17380 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17381 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18310
17382 ;;;;;; 14591))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17385 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17386 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17387 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17388 often correct parser.")
17390 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17392 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17393 Not documented
17395 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17397 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17398 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17399 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17400 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17402 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17404 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17405 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17406 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17407 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17409 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17411 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17412 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17413 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17414 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17415 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17416 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17417 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17418 as Rmail does.
17420 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17422 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17423 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17424 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17425 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17426 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17427 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17429 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17431 ;;;***
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17434 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18310 14591))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17437 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17440 \(fn)" nil nil)
17442 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17443 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17444 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17446 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17448 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17449 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17450 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17452 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17454 ;;;***
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17457 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18310
17458 ;;;;;; 14591))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17461 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17462 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17463 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17464 king@grassland.com
17465 If `parens', they look like:
17466 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17467 If `angles', they look like:
17468 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17470 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17472 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17473 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17474 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17475 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17476 their `Resent-' variants.
17478 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17479 removed from alias expansions.
17481 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17483 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17484 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17485 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17487 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17488 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17489 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17490 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17492 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17494 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17495 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17496 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17497 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17501 ;;;***
17503 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17504 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17507 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17508 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17509 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17510 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17512 \(fn)" nil nil)
17514 ;;;***
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17517 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17518 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18432 19261))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17521 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17522 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17524 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17525 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17526 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17527 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17528 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17529 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17531 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17532 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17533 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17534 dependency, despite the colon.
17536 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17538 In the browser, use the following keys:
17540 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17542 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17544 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17545 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17547 `makefile-target-colon':
17548 The string that gets appended to all target names
17549 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17550 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17552 `makefile-macro-assign':
17553 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17554 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17555 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17556 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17557 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17558 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17560 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17561 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17562 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17564 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17565 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17567 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17568 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17569 up or down in the browser.
17571 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17572 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17574 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17575 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17577 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17578 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17579 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17580 has been selected in the browser.
17582 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17583 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17584 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17585 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17586 filenames are omitted.
17588 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17590 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17591 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17592 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17593 the backslash itself intact.
17594 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17595 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17597 `makefile-browser-hook':
17598 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17599 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17601 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17602 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17603 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17604 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17606 \(fn)" t nil)
17608 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17609 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17611 \(fn)" t nil)
17613 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17614 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17616 \(fn)" t nil)
17618 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17619 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17621 \(fn)" t nil)
17623 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17624 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17628 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17629 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17631 \(fn)" t nil)
17633 ;;;***
17635 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18310
17636 ;;;;;; 14573))
17637 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17639 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17640 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17641 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17643 \(fn)" t nil)
17645 ;;;***
17647 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18310 14574))
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17650 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17652 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17653 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17654 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17655 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17656 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17657 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17658 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17660 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17661 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17662 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17663 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17665 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17667 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17668 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17670 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17672 ;;;***
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18310 14574))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17677 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17678 Toggle Master mode.
17679 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17680 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17681 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17683 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17684 following commands:
17686 \\{master-mode-map}
17688 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17689 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17690 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17694 ;;;***
17696 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18408
17697 ;;;;;; 28171))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17700 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17702 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17703 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17704 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17707 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17709 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17711 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17712 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17713 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17714 created in the future.
17715 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17716 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17720 ;;;***
17722 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17723 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17724 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17725 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17726 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17727 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17728 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17729 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17730 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17731 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (18519 8938))
17732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17734 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17735 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17737 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17738 king@grassland.com
17739 If `parens', they look like:
17740 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17741 If `angles', they look like:
17742 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17744 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17745 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17747 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17749 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17750 *Local news organization file.")
17752 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17754 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17755 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17756 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17757 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17759 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17760 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17761 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17763 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17765 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17767 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17768 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17770 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17771 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17772 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17773 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17775 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17777 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17778 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17779 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17780 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17782 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17784 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original-without-signature) "\
17785 *Function for citing an original message.
17786 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17787 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17788 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17790 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17792 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17793 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17794 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17795 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17796 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17798 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17800 (defvar message-signature t "\
17801 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17802 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17803 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17804 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17806 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17808 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17809 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17810 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17811 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17813 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17815 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17816 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17818 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17820 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17822 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17823 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17824 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17825 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17826 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17827 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17828 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17829 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17830 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17831 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17832 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17833 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17834 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17835 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17836 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17837 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17838 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17839 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17840 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17841 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17842 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17843 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17844 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17845 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17846 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17847 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17848 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17849 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17850 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17851 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17852 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17853 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17854 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17855 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17856 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17857 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17858 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17860 \(fn)" t nil)
17862 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17863 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17864 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17865 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17866 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17868 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17870 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17871 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17873 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17875 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17876 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17878 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17880 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17881 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17883 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17885 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17886 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17887 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17889 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17891 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17892 Cancel an article you posted.
17893 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17897 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17898 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17899 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17900 header line with the old Message-ID.
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17904 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17905 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17909 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17910 Forward the current message via mail.
17911 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17912 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17914 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17916 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17917 Not documented
17919 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17921 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17922 Not documented
17924 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17926 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17927 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17931 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17932 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17934 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17936 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17937 Re-mail the current message.
17938 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17939 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17940 you.
17942 \(fn)" t nil)
17944 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17945 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17947 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17949 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17950 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17952 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17954 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17955 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17957 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17959 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17960 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17962 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17964 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17965 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17966 Works by overstriking characters.
17967 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17968 which specify the range to operate on.
17970 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17972 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17973 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17974 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17975 which specify the range to operate on.
17977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17979 ;;;***
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17982 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17985 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17986 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17987 Special commands:
17988 \\{meta-mode-map}
17990 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17991 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17993 \(fn)" t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17996 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17997 Special commands:
17998 \\{meta-mode-map}
18000 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18001 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18003 \(fn)" t nil)
18005 ;;;***
18007 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18008 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18009 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
18010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18012 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18013 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18014 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18016 \(fn)" t nil)
18018 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18019 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18020 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18021 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18022 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18023 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18024 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18026 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18028 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18029 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18030 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18031 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18032 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18033 means current).
18034 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18035 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18037 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18039 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18040 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18041 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18042 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18043 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18044 means current).
18045 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18046 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18048 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18050 ;;;***
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18053 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18054 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18310 14593))
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18057 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18058 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18059 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18061 \(fn)" t nil)
18063 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18064 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18065 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18067 \(fn)" t nil)
18069 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18070 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18072 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18073 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18074 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18076 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18077 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18079 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18080 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18082 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18084 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18086 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18087 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18088 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18089 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18090 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18091 as `compose-mail'.
18093 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18094 initial Subject field, respectively.
18096 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18097 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18098 are strings.
18100 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18101 ignored.
18103 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18105 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18106 Save draft and send message.
18108 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18109 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18110 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18111 Mail Delivery*\".
18113 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18114 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18115 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18117 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18118 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18119 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18120 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18121 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18122 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18124 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18125 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18129 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18130 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18132 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18133 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18134 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18135 delete the draft message.
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18139 ;;;***
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18368 9296))
18142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18144 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18146 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18148 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18150 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18151 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18153 \(fn)" t nil)
18155 ;;;***
18157 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18158 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18310 14593))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18161 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18162 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18163 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18165 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18166 the MH mail system.
18168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18170 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18171 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18172 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18174 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18175 the MH mail system.
18177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18179 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18180 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18182 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18183 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18184 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18185 separate command.
18187 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18188 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18189 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18190 format.
18192 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18194 Ranges
18195 ======
18196 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18197 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18198 can be used in several ways.
18200 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18201 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18202 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18203 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18204 page):
18206 <num1>-<num2>
18207 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18208 The range must be nonempty.
18210 <num>:N
18211 <num>:+N
18212 <num>:-N
18213 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18214 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18215 last.
18217 first:N
18218 prev:N
18219 next:N
18220 last:N
18221 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18224 All of the messages.
18226 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18227 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18229 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18230 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18231 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18233 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18235 \(fn)" t nil)
18237 ;;;***
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18240 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18310 14574))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18243 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18244 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18245 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18246 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18247 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18248 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18249 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18250 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18251 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18252 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18253 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18255 \(fn)" t nil)
18257 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18258 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18259 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18260 to its second argument TM.
18262 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18264 ;;;***
18266 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18267 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18310 14574))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18270 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18271 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18272 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18275 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18277 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18279 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18280 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18281 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18282 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18283 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18284 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18285 default indication.
18287 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18288 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18292 ;;;***
18294 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18295 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18298 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18299 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18300 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18302 \(fn)" t nil)
18304 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18306 ;;;***
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18309 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18313 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18314 Not documented
18316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18318 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18319 Not documented
18321 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18323 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18324 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18325 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18326 PATTERN regexp.
18328 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18330 ;;;***
18332 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18333 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18310 14588))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18336 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18337 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18339 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18341 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18342 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18343 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18344 the entire message.
18345 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18347 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18349 ;;;***
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18352 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18355 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18356 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18357 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18358 the entire message.
18359 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18361 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18363 ;;;***
18365 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18366 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18310 14588))
18367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18369 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18370 Insert file contents of URL.
18371 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18375 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18376 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18380 ;;;***
18382 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18383 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18310 14588))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18386 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18387 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18388 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18389 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18390 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18392 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18394 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18395 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18396 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18398 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18400 ;;;***
18402 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18403 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18406 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18407 Not documented
18409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18411 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18412 Not documented
18414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18416 ;;;***
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18419 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18420 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18310 14588))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18423 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18424 Not documented
18426 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18428 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18429 Not documented
18431 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18433 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18434 Not documented
18436 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18438 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18439 Not documented
18441 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18443 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18444 Not documented
18446 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18448 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18449 Not documented
18451 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18453 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18454 Not documented
18456 \(fn)" nil nil)
18458 ;;;***
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18461 ;;;;;; (18185 40526))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18464 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18465 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18466 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18467 followed by the first character of the construct.
18468 \\<m2-mode-map>
18469 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18470 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18471 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18472 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18473 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18474 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18475 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18476 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18477 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18478 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18479 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18480 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18481 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18482 \\[m2-link] link
18484 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18485 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18486 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18488 \(fn)" t nil)
18490 ;;;***
18492 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18493 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
18494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18496 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18497 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18499 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18501 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18502 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18506 ;;;***
18508 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18310
18509 ;;;;;; 14574))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18512 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18513 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18514 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18517 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18519 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18521 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18522 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18523 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18524 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18526 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18528 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18530 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18532 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18533 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18534 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18535 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18536 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18537 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18539 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18540 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18541 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18542 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18543 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18545 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18546 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18548 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18549 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18551 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18553 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18554 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18555 primary selection and region.
18557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18559 ;;;***
18561 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18310 14597))
18562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18564 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18565 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18567 \(fn)" t nil)
18569 ;;;***
18571 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18310 14574))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18574 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18575 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18576 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18579 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18581 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18583 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18584 Toggle Msb mode.
18585 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18586 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18587 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18591 ;;;***
18593 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18594 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18595 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18596 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18597 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (18310 14590))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18601 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18602 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18603 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18604 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18605 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18606 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18607 set of ISO charsets.
18609 Each element has the following format:
18610 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18612 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18614 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18615 CHARSET are mapped.
18617 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18618 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18619 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18620 character code in CHARSET.
18622 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18623 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18624 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18626 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18627 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18628 TO2, or...
18629 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18630 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18632 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display a list of all character sets.
18635 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18636 internal Emacs use.
18638 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18639 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18640 hexadecimal digits.
18641 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18642 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18644 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18645 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18646 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18647 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18649 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18650 but still shows the full information.
18652 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18654 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18655 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18656 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18657 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18658 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18660 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18661 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18662 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18663 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18664 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18666 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18668 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18670 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18671 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18672 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18674 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18676 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18679 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18681 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18684 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18686 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18687 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18689 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18690 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18691 in place of `..':
18692 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18693 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18694 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18695 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18696 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18697 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18698 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18699 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18700 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18701 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18702 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18703 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18704 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18705 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18706 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18707 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18709 \(fn)" t nil)
18711 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18712 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18714 \(fn)" t nil)
18716 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display a list of all coding systems.
18718 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18720 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18721 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18725 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display a list of all coding categories.
18728 \(fn)" nil nil)
18730 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18732 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18734 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18736 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display information about FONTSET.
18738 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18740 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18742 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display a list of all fontsets.
18744 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18745 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18746 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18750 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18751 Display information about all input methods.
18753 \(fn)" t nil)
18755 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18756 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18758 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18759 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18760 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18761 system which uses fontsets).
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18765 ;;;***
18767 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18768 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18769 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18770 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18771 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18772 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18310 14590))
18773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18775 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18776 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18777 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18779 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18781 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18783 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18784 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18786 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18787 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18789 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18790 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18792 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18794 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18795 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18796 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18797 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18798 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18799 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18800 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18802 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18803 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18804 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18805 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18806 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18807 middle of a character in STR.
18809 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18810 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18812 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18813 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18814 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18815 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18816 defaults to \"...\".
18818 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18820 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18821 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18823 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18824 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18825 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18827 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18828 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18829 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18831 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18832 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18833 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18834 is considered.
18835 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18836 longer than KEYSEQ.
18837 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18839 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18841 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18842 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18843 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18844 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18845 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18846 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18847 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18848 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18849 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18850 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18851 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18853 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18855 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18856 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18858 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18860 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18861 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18863 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18865 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18866 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18868 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18870 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18871 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18875 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18876 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18877 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18878 coding systems ordered by priority.
18880 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18882 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18883 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18884 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18885 language environment LANG-ENV.
18887 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18889 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18890 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18891 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18892 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18893 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18894 basis, this may not be accurate.
18896 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18898 ;;;***
18900 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18901 ;;;;;; (18310 14574))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18904 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18905 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18906 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18909 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18911 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18913 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18914 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18915 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18916 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18920 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18921 Enable mouse wheel support.
18923 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18925 ;;;***
18927 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18928 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18929 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ifconfig ping traceroute)
18930 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18377 44624))
18931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18933 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18934 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18936 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18938 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18939 Ping HOST.
18940 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18941 `ping-program-options'.
18943 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18945 (autoload (quote ifconfig) "net-utils" "\
18946 Run ifconfig program.
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18950 (defalias (quote ipconfig) (quote ifconfig))
18952 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18953 Run netstat program.
18955 \(fn)" t nil)
18957 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18958 Run arp program.
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18962 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18963 Run route program.
18965 \(fn)" t nil)
18967 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18968 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18970 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18972 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18973 Run nslookup program.
18975 \(fn)" t nil)
18977 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18978 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18980 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18982 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18983 Run dig program.
18985 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18987 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18988 Run ftp program.
18990 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18992 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18993 Finger USER on HOST.
18995 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18997 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18998 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18999 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19000 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19002 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19004 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19005 Not documented
19007 \(fn)" t nil)
19009 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19010 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19012 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19014 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19015 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19017 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19019 ;;;***
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19022 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19023 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19024 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19025 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19026 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18421 31051))
19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19029 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19031 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19033 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19035 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19037 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19038 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19039 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19040 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19041 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19042 Major modes should set this variable.")
19044 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19045 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19046 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19047 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19048 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19049 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19051 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19052 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19054 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19055 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19056 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19058 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19059 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19060 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19061 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19062 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19064 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19065 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19066 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19068 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19069 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19070 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19071 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19073 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19074 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19075 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19076 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19077 column indentation or nil.
19078 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19080 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19081 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19082 The function has no args.
19084 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19085 comments always start in column zero.")
19087 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19088 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19089 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19091 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19093 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19094 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19095 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19096 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19098 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19099 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19101 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19103 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19104 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19105 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19106 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19107 customize this variable.
19109 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19110 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19112 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19114 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19115 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19116 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19117 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19118 the variables are properly set.
19120 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19122 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19123 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19125 \(fn)" nil nil)
19127 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19128 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19129 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19131 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19133 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19134 Set the comment column based on point.
19135 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19136 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19137 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19138 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19142 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19143 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19144 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19146 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19148 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19149 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19150 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19151 comment markers.
19153 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19155 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19156 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19157 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19158 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19159 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19160 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19161 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19162 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19164 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19165 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19167 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19169 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19170 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19171 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19172 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19174 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19176 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19177 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19178 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19179 is passed on to the respective function.
19181 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19183 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19184 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19185 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19186 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19187 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19188 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19189 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19190 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19191 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19193 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19195 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19196 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19197 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19199 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19201 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19202 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19203 This indents the body of the continued comment
19204 under the previous comment line.
19206 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19207 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19208 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19210 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19211 or comment indentation.
19213 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19214 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19216 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19218 ;;;***
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19221 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19222 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18310 14594))
19223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19225 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19226 Check whether newsticker is running.
19227 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19228 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19232 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19233 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19234 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19235 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19236 empty.
19238 \(fn)" nil nil)
19240 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19241 Start the newsticker.
19242 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19243 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19244 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19245 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19247 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19249 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19250 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19251 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19252 running already.
19254 \(fn)" t nil)
19256 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19257 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19259 \(fn)" t nil)
19261 ;;;***
19263 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19264 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19267 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19268 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19270 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19272 ;;;***
19274 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18310
19275 ;;;;;; 14588))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19278 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19279 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19280 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19281 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19282 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19283 symbol in the alist.
19285 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19287 ;;;***
19289 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19290 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19293 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19294 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19295 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19297 \(fn)" t nil)
19299 ;;;***
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19302 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19305 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19306 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19307 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19309 \(fn)" t nil)
19311 ;;;***
19313 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19314 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19317 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19318 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19320 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19322 ;;;***
19324 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19325 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18310 14588))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19328 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19329 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19331 \(fn)" t nil)
19333 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19334 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19336 \(fn)" t nil)
19338 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19339 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19341 \(fn)" t nil)
19343 ;;;***
19345 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19346 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18310 14574))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19349 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19350 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19351 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19353 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19355 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19356 Not documented
19358 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19360 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19361 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19362 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19363 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19364 to future sessions.
19366 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19368 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19369 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19370 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19371 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19372 to future sessions.
19374 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19376 ;;;***
19378 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19379 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19382 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19383 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19384 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19385 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19386 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19387 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19391 ;;;***
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19394 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19397 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19398 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19399 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19400 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19401 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19403 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19405 ;;;***
19407 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19408 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19411 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19412 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19413 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19415 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19417 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19418 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19420 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19421 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19422 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19426 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19428 ;;;***
19430 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19431 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19434 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19435 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19437 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19438 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19439 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19440 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19442 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19443 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19444 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19445 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19446 is why you need this mode!).
19448 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19449 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19450 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19452 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19454 Keybindings
19455 ===========
19457 \\{octave-mode-map}
19459 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19460 ==============================================
19462 octave-auto-indent
19463 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19464 Default is nil.
19466 octave-auto-newline
19467 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19468 Default is nil.
19470 octave-blink-matching-block
19471 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19472 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19474 octave-block-offset
19475 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19476 Default is 2.
19478 octave-continuation-offset
19479 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19480 Default is 4.
19482 octave-continuation-string
19483 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19484 Default is a backslash.
19486 octave-mode-startup-message
19487 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19488 Default is t.
19490 octave-send-echo-input
19491 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19492 command to the inferior Octave process.
19494 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19495 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19496 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19498 octave-send-echo-input
19499 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19501 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19503 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19504 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19506 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19507 (setq auto-mode-alist
19508 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19510 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19511 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19513 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19514 (lambda ()
19515 (abbrev-mode 1)
19516 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19517 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19518 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19520 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19521 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19522 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19523 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19525 \(fn)" t nil)
19527 ;;;***
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19530 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
19531 ;;;;;; org-tags-view org-todo-list org-search-view org-agenda-list
19532 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views org-store-agenda-views
19533 ;;;;;; org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt
19534 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19535 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate org-open-at-point-global
19536 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19537 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19538 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19539 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18463 9021))
19540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19542 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19543 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19544 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19546 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19547 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19548 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19549 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19550 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19551 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19552 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19553 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19554 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19555 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19557 The following commands are available:
19559 \\{org-mode-map}
19561 \(fn)" t nil)
19563 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19564 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19566 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19567 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19568 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19569 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19570 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19572 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19573 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19574 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19575 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19576 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19577 and zoom in further.
19578 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19580 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19581 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19582 is negative, go up that many levels.
19584 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19585 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19586 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19588 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19589 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19590 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19594 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19595 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19599 (autoload (quote orgstruct-mode) "org" "\
19600 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19601 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19602 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19603 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19604 of Org-mode).
19606 M-up Move entry/item up
19607 M-down Move entry/item down
19608 M-left Promote
19609 M-right Demote
19610 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19611 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19612 M-S-left Promote subtree
19613 M-S-right Demote subtree
19614 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19615 C-c ^ Sort entries
19616 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19617 TAB Cycle item visibility
19618 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19619 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19620 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19624 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgstruct) "org" "\
19625 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19627 \(fn)" nil nil)
19629 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgstruct++) "org" "\
19630 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19631 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19632 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19633 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19635 \(fn)" nil nil)
19637 (autoload (quote org-run-like-in-org-mode) "org" "\
19638 Not documented
19640 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19642 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19643 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19645 \(fn)" nil nil)
19647 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19648 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19652 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19653 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19654 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19655 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19657 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19658 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19659 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19663 (autoload (quote org-insert-link-global) "org" "\
19664 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19665 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19667 \(fn)" t nil)
19669 (autoload (quote org-open-at-point-global) "org" "\
19670 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19671 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19672 Org-mode syntax.
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19676 (autoload (quote org-remember-insinuate) "org" "\
19677 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
19679 \(fn)" nil nil)
19681 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19682 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19683 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19684 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19685 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19687 \(fn)" nil nil)
19689 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19690 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19691 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19692 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19694 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19696 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19697 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19698 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19699 of the remember buffer.
19701 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19702 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19703 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19704 note stored by remember.
19706 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19707 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19709 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19711 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19712 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19713 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19714 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19715 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19716 file the text at a specific location.
19717 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19718 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19719 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19721 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19722 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19723 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19724 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19725 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19726 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19727 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19728 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19730 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19731 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19732 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19733 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19734 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19735 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19737 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19738 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19739 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19741 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19742 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19743 \(i.e. after the stars).
19745 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19747 \(fn)" nil nil)
19749 (autoload (quote org-agenda-to-appt) "org" "\
19750 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19751 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19752 appointements.
19754 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19755 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19757 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19758 for filtering entries out.
19760 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19761 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19763 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19764 (category \"Work\"))
19766 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19767 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19769 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19771 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19772 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19773 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19774 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19776 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19777 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19778 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19779 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19780 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19781 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19782 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19783 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19784 e Export views to associated files.
19786 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19787 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19788 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19790 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19791 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19792 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19793 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19794 \(if active).
19796 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19798 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19799 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19800 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19801 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19802 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19803 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19804 before running the agenda command.
19806 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19808 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda-csv) "org" "\
19809 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19810 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19811 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19812 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19813 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19814 before running the agenda command.
19816 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19817 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19819 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19821 category The category of the item
19822 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19823 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19824 todo selected in TODO match
19825 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19826 diary imported from diary
19827 deadline a deadline on given date
19828 scheduled scheduled on given date
19829 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19830 closed entry was closed on given date
19831 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19832 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19833 block entry has date block including g. date
19834 todo The todo keyword, if any
19835 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19836 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19837 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19838 extra Sting with extra planning info
19839 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19840 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19841 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19843 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19845 (autoload (quote org-store-agenda-views) "org" "\
19846 Not documented
19848 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19850 (autoload (quote org-batch-store-agenda-views) "org" "\
19851 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19853 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19855 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19856 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19857 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19858 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19860 \(fn)" t nil)
19862 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19863 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19864 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19865 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19867 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19868 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19869 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19870 agenda instead.
19872 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19873 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19874 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19876 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19877 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19879 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19881 (autoload (quote org-search-view) "org" "\
19882 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19883 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19884 search only the headlines.
19886 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19887 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19888 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19889 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19890 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19892 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19893 that must or must not match in the entry.
19895 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19896 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19898 \(fn &optional ARG STRING)" t nil)
19900 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19901 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19902 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19903 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19904 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19905 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19907 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19909 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19910 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19911 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19913 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19915 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list-stuck-projects) "org" "\
19916 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19917 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19918 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19919 `org-stuck-projects'.
19920 MATCH is being ignored.
19922 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19924 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19925 Return diary information from org-files.
19926 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19927 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19928 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19929 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19931 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19932 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19933 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19935 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19937 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19938 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19939 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19940 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19942 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19943 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19944 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19946 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19947 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19948 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19949 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19951 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19953 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19955 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19956 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19958 &%%(org-diary)
19960 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19961 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19962 So the example above may also be written as
19964 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19966 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19967 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19968 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19970 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19972 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19973 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19974 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19975 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19977 \(fn)" t nil)
19979 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19980 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19981 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19982 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19984 \(fn)" t nil)
19986 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19987 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19988 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19992 ;;;***
19994 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19995 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19996 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (18427 8817))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20000 (autoload (quote org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "\
20001 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20002 emacs --batch
20003 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20004 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20005 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20007 \(fn)" nil nil)
20009 (autoload (quote org-export-as-latex-to-buffer) "org-export-latex" "\
20010 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20011 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20015 (autoload (quote org-replace-region-by-latex) "org-export-latex" "\
20016 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20017 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20018 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20019 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20020 then use this command to convert it.
20022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20024 (autoload (quote org-export-region-as-latex) "org-export-latex" "\
20025 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20026 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20027 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20028 cut-and-paste operations.
20029 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20030 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20031 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20032 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20034 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20036 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20037 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20039 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20041 (autoload (quote org-export-as-latex) "org-export-latex" "\
20042 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20043 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20044 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20045 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20046 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20047 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20048 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20049 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20050 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20051 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20052 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20053 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20054 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20055 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20056 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20057 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20059 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20061 ;;;***
20063 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "textmodes/org-irc.el"
20064 ;;;;;; (18427 8818))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-irc.el
20067 (autoload (quote org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "\
20068 Dispatch to the appropreate function to store a link to
20069 something IRC related
20071 \(fn)" nil nil)
20073 ;;;***
20075 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20076 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el"
20077 ;;;;;; (18427 8818))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20080 (autoload (quote org-publish) "org-publish" "\
20081 Publish PROJECT.
20083 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20085 (autoload (quote org-publish-all) "org-publish" "\
20086 Publish all projects.
20087 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20089 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20091 (autoload (quote org-publish-current-file) "org-publish" "\
20092 Publish the current file.
20093 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20095 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20097 (autoload (quote org-publish-current-project) "org-publish" "\
20098 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20099 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20100 the project.
20102 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20104 ;;;***
20106 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20107 ;;;;;; (18310 14575))
20108 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20109 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20111 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
20112 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20113 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20114 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20116 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20117 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20118 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20119 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20121 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20122 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20123 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20124 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20125 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20126 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20128 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20129 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20130 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20132 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20133 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20134 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20135 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20136 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20137 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20138 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20139 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20140 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20141 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20142 The subheadings remain visible.
20143 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20145 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20146 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20147 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20149 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20150 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20152 \(fn)" t nil)
20154 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
20155 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20156 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20157 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20161 ;;;***
20163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18432
20164 ;;;;;; 17907))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20166 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20167 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20168 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20169 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20170 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20171 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20172 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20173 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20174 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20176 ;;;***
20178 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18310 14575))
20179 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20181 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20182 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20183 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20185 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20186 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20188 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
20190 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
20191 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20192 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20193 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20195 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20196 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20200 ;;;***
20202 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20203 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20206 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
20207 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20208 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20209 unknown are returned as nil.
20211 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20213 ;;;***
20215 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18310
20216 ;;;;;; 14601))
20217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20219 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
20220 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20221 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20223 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20224 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20226 Other useful functions are:
20228 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20229 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20230 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20231 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20232 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20233 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20234 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20235 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20236 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20238 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20240 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20241 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20242 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20243 Indentation for case statements.
20244 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20245 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20246 mark after an end.
20247 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20248 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20249 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20250 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20251 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20252 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20253 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20254 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20255 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20256 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20258 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20259 pascal-separator-keywords.
20261 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20262 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20264 \(fn)" t nil)
20266 ;;;***
20268 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20269 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
20270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20272 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
20273 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20274 The keys affected are:
20275 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20276 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20277 M-Backspace does undo.
20278 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20279 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20280 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20282 \(fn)" t nil)
20284 ;;;***
20286 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20287 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18310 14582))
20288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20290 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20291 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20292 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20295 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20297 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20299 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20300 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20302 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20304 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20305 which modify the status of the mark.
20307 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20308 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20310 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20311 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20313 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20314 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20315 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20316 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20317 turning PC Selection mode on.
20319 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20320 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20322 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20323 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20324 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20326 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20327 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20328 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20330 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20331 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20333 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20334 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20335 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20337 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20338 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20339 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20341 F6 other-window
20342 DELETE delete-char
20343 C-DELETE kill-line
20344 M-DELETE kill-word
20345 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20346 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20347 M-BACKSPACE undo
20349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20351 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20352 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20353 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20354 and cursor movement commands.
20355 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20357 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20359 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20361 ;;;***
20363 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18310
20364 ;;;;;; 14575))
20365 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20367 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20368 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20370 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372 ;;;***
20374 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20375 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18310 14575))
20376 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20378 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20379 Completion for `gzip'.
20381 \(fn)" nil nil)
20383 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20384 Completion for `bzip2'.
20386 \(fn)" nil nil)
20388 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20389 Completion for GNU `make'.
20391 \(fn)" nil nil)
20393 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20394 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20396 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20400 ;;;***
20402 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20403 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18310 14575))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20406 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20407 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20412 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20414 \(fn)" nil nil)
20416 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20417 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20421 ;;;***
20423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18310
20424 ;;;;;; 14575))
20425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20428 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20429 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20430 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20431 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20432 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436 ;;;***
20438 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20439 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20440 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18310 14575))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20443 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20444 Completion for `cd'.
20446 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20450 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20451 Completion for `rmdir'.
20453 \(fn)" nil nil)
20455 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20456 Completion for `rm'.
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20460 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20461 Completion for `xargs'.
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20467 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20468 Completion for `which'.
20470 \(fn)" nil nil)
20472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20473 Completion for the `chown' command.
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20477 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20478 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482 ;;;***
20484 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20485 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20486 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18310
20487 ;;;;;; 14575))
20488 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20490 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20491 Support extensible programmable completion.
20492 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20493 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20495 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20497 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20498 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20500 \(fn)" t nil)
20502 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20503 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20504 This will modify the current buffer.
20506 \(fn)" t nil)
20508 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20509 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20511 \(fn)" t nil)
20513 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20514 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20515 This will modify the current buffer.
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20519 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20520 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20522 \(fn)" t nil)
20524 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20525 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20527 \(fn)" t nil)
20529 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20530 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20531 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20532 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20533 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20535 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20537 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20538 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20540 \(fn)" nil nil)
20542 ;;;***
20544 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20545 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20546 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18310 14576))
20547 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20549 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20550 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20551 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20552 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20554 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20556 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20558 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20559 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20560 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20561 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20562 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20563 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20564 FLAGS is ignored.
20566 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20568 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20569 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20570 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20571 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20572 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20573 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20574 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20575 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20577 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20579 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20580 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20581 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20582 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20583 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20584 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20585 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20586 passed to cvs.
20588 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20590 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20591 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20592 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20593 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20594 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20595 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20596 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20598 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20600 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20602 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20603 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20604 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20606 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20608 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20609 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20610 A value of nil means never do it.
20611 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20612 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20613 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20615 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20617 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20618 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20619 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20621 ;;;***
20623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18310 14576))
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20626 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20628 ;;;***
20630 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20631 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20633 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20634 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20635 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20636 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20637 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20638 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20640 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20641 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20642 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20643 Tab indents for Perl code.
20644 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20645 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20646 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20647 \\{perl-mode-map}
20648 Variables controlling indentation style:
20649 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20650 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20651 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20652 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20653 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20654 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20655 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20656 `perl-nochange'
20657 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20658 `perl-indent-level'
20659 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20660 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20661 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20662 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20663 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20664 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20665 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20666 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20667 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20668 `perl-brace-offset'
20669 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20670 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20671 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20672 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20673 `perl-label-offset'
20674 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20675 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20676 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20678 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20679 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20680 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20681 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20682 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20683 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20684 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20686 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20688 \(fn)" t nil)
20690 ;;;***
20692 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20693 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20694 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20695 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18310 14576))
20696 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20698 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20699 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20701 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20703 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20704 passphrase cache or user.
20706 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20708 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20709 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20711 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20712 cache or user.
20714 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20716 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20717 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20719 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20720 the region.
20722 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20723 passphrase cache or user.
20725 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20727 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20728 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20730 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20732 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20733 the region.
20735 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20736 passphrase cache or user.
20738 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20740 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20741 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20743 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20744 passphrase cache or user.
20746 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20748 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20749 Decrypt the current buffer.
20751 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20752 the region.
20754 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20755 passphrase cache or user.
20757 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20759 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20760 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20762 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20763 a detached signature.
20765 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20766 and the output is displayed.
20768 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20769 passphrase cache or user.
20771 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20773 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20774 Sign the current buffer.
20776 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20777 detached signature.
20779 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20780 within the region.
20782 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20783 and the output is displayed.
20785 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20786 passphrase cache or user.
20788 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20790 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20791 Verify the current region between START and END.
20792 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20793 the detached signature of the current region.
20795 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20796 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20798 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20800 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20801 Verify the current buffer.
20802 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20803 the detached signature of the current region.
20804 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20805 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20806 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20807 within the region.
20809 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20811 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20812 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20816 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20817 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20821 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20822 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20826 ;;;***
20828 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20829 ;;;;;; (18580 44915))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20832 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20833 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20835 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20837 ;;;***
20839 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20840 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
20841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20843 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20844 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20845 \\<picture-mode-map>
20846 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20847 afterwards settable by these commands:
20849 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20850 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20851 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20852 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20854 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20855 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20856 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20857 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20859 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20860 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20861 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20862 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20864 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20865 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20866 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20867 with these commands:
20869 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20870 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20871 Move to column following last
20872 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20873 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20874 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20875 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20876 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20877 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20879 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20881 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20882 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20883 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20884 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20885 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20886 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20888 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20889 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20890 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20891 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20892 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20893 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20894 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20896 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20897 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20898 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20899 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20900 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20901 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20902 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20903 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20905 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20906 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20907 by supplying an argument.
20909 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20911 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20912 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20914 \(fn)" t nil)
20916 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20918 ;;;***
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20921 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
20922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20924 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20925 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20926 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20928 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20930 ;;;***
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18310 14597))
20933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20935 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20936 Play pong and waste time.
20937 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20938 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20940 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20942 \\{pong-mode-map}
20944 \(fn)" t nil)
20946 ;;;***
20948 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20949 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18310 14581))
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20952 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20953 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20954 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20955 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20957 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20959 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20960 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20962 \(fn)" nil nil)
20964 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20965 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20966 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20967 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20968 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20970 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20972 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20973 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20974 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20976 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20978 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20979 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20980 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20981 Ignores leading comment characters.
20983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20985 ;;;***
20987 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20988 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20989 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20990 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20991 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20992 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20993 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20994 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20995 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20996 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20997 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20998 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20999 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21000 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21001 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21002 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21003 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21004 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21005 ;;;;;; (18310 14576))
21006 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21008 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
21009 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21011 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21013 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21017 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
21018 Preview directory using ghostview.
21020 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21021 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21022 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21023 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21025 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21026 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21027 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21028 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21029 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21030 file name.
21032 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21034 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21036 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21037 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21039 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21040 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21041 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21042 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21044 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21045 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21046 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21047 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21048 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21049 file name.
21051 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21053 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21055 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
21056 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21059 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21060 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21061 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21064 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21065 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21066 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21067 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21068 file name.
21070 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21072 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
21075 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21077 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21079 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21080 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21081 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21082 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21084 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21085 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21086 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21087 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21088 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21089 file name.
21091 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21093 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
21096 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21098 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21099 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21100 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21102 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21103 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21104 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21105 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21107 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21109 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21110 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21112 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21113 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21114 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21116 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21117 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21118 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21119 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21121 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
21124 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21126 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21127 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21128 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21130 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21131 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21132 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21133 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
21138 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21140 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21142 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21143 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21144 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21146 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21147 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21148 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21149 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21151 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
21154 Preview region using ghostview.
21156 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21158 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21160 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21161 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21163 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21165 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21167 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
21168 Print region using PostScript printer.
21170 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21172 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
21175 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21177 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21179 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
21182 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21184 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21186 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21188 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21189 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21191 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21193 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
21196 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21198 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21200 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21202 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
21203 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21205 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21207 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21209 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
21210 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21211 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21212 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21214 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21215 matching.
21217 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21218 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21220 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21222 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21224 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
21225 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21226 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21227 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21231 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
21232 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21233 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21234 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21238 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
21239 Print directory using text printer.
21241 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21242 matching.
21244 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21245 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21247 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21249 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21251 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
21252 Print buffer using text printer.
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21256 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
21257 Print region using text printer.
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21261 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
21262 Print major mode using text printer.
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21266 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
21267 Preview spooled PostScript.
21269 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21270 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21271 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21273 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21274 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21275 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21277 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21279 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21280 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21282 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21283 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21284 instead of sending it to the printer.
21286 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21287 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21288 image in a file with that name.
21290 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21292 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
21293 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21295 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21296 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21297 instead of sending it to the printer.
21299 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21300 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21301 image in a file with that name.
21303 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21305 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21306 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21308 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21309 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21310 instead of sending it to the printer.
21312 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21313 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21314 image in a file with that name.
21316 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21318 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21319 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21321 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21323 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21324 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21326 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21328 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21329 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21333 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21334 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21336 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21338 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21339 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21341 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21343 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21344 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21346 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21347 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21348 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21349 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21351 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21352 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21353 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21354 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21355 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21356 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21357 file name.
21359 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21361 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21362 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21366 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21367 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21369 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21370 right.
21371 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21372 bottom.
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21376 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21377 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21381 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21382 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21386 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21387 Toggle printing with faces.
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21391 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21392 Toggle spooling.
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21396 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21397 Toggle duplex.
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21401 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21402 Toggle tumble.
21404 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21405 right.
21406 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21407 bottom.
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21411 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21412 Toggle landscape.
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21416 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21417 Toggle upside-down.
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21421 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21422 Toggle line number.
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21426 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21427 Toggle zebra stripes.
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21431 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21432 Toggle printing header.
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21436 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21437 Toggle printing header frame.
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21441 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21442 Toggle menu lock.
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21446 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21447 Toggle auto region.
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21451 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21452 Toggle auto mode.
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21456 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21457 Customization of the `printing' group.
21459 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21461 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21462 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21464 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21466 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21467 Help for the printing package.
21469 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21471 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21472 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21474 \(fn)" t nil)
21476 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21477 Interactively select a text printer.
21479 \(fn)" t nil)
21481 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21482 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21484 \(fn)" t nil)
21486 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21487 Show current ps-print settings.
21489 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21491 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21492 Show current printing settings.
21494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21496 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21497 Show current lpr settings.
21499 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21501 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21502 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21504 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21505 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21506 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21507 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21510 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21512 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21513 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21514 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21516 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21517 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21518 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21519 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21520 current active printer.
21522 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21523 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21524 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21525 printer.
21527 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21528 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21529 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21530 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21531 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21534 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21535 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21537 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21539 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21540 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21541 be done using the new current active printer.
21543 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21544 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21545 printer.
21547 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21548 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21549 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21550 instead of sending it to the printer.
21552 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21553 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21554 printer.
21556 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21559 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21560 are both set to t.
21562 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21564 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21565 Fast fire function for text printing.
21567 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21568 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21569 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21570 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21572 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21573 user for a new active text printer.
21575 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21577 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21579 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21580 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21581 printer.
21583 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21585 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21586 are both set to t.
21588 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21590 ;;;***
21592 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21593 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
21594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21596 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21597 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21598 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21599 Commands:
21600 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21601 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21602 if that value is non-nil.
21604 \(fn)" t nil)
21606 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21608 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21609 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21610 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21612 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21614 ;;;***
21616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18310 14577))
21617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21619 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21620 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21621 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21623 ;;;***
21625 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18310
21626 ;;;;;; 14601))
21627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21629 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21630 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21632 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21634 The following variables hold user options, and can
21635 be set through the `customize' command:
21637 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21638 `ps-mode-tab'
21639 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21640 `ps-mode-print-function'
21641 `ps-run-prompt'
21642 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21643 `ps-run-x'
21644 `ps-run-dumb'
21645 `ps-run-init'
21646 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21647 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21649 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21652 \\{ps-mode-map}
21655 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21656 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21657 The keymap for this second window is:
21659 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21662 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21663 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21664 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21665 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21666 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21668 \(fn)" t nil)
21670 ;;;***
21672 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21673 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21674 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21675 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (18310 14577))
21676 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21678 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21679 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21681 Valid values are:
21683 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21684 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21685 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21686 changed by setting the variable
21687 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21688 The initial value of this variable is
21689 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21690 documentation).
21692 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21693 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21694 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21695 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21696 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21697 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21698 test it.
21700 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21701 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21702 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21703 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21704 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21705 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21706 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21707 use this value, be sure to have installed
21708 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21709 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21710 documentation of this variable).
21712 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21713 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21714 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21715 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21716 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21717 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21719 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21721 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21723 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21724 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21725 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21727 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21729 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21730 Not documented
21732 \(fn)" nil nil)
21734 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21735 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21737 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21739 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21741 Returns the value:
21743 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21745 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21746 the sequence.
21748 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21750 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21751 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21753 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21754 composition.
21756 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21758 Returns the value:
21760 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21762 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21763 the sequence.
21765 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21767 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21768 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21770 \(fn)" nil nil)
21772 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21773 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21774 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21776 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21778 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21779 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21780 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21782 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21784 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21785 Not documented
21787 \(fn)" nil nil)
21789 ;;;***
21791 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21792 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21793 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21794 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21795 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21796 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18419
21797 ;;;;;; 51077))
21798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21800 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21801 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21802 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21804 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21806 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21807 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21808 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21809 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21811 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21813 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21814 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21816 Valid values are:
21818 nil Do not print colors.
21820 t Print colors.
21822 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21823 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21825 Any other value is treated as t.")
21827 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21829 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21830 Customization of ps-print group.
21832 \(fn)" t nil)
21834 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21835 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21837 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21838 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21839 sending it to the printer.
21841 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21842 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21843 image in a file with that name.
21845 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21847 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21848 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21849 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21850 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21851 so it has a way to determine color values.
21853 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21855 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21856 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21857 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21859 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21861 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21862 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21863 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21864 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21865 so it has a way to determine color values.
21867 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21869 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21870 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21871 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21872 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21874 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21876 \(fn)" t nil)
21878 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21879 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21880 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21881 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21882 so it has a way to determine color values.
21884 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21886 \(fn)" t nil)
21888 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21889 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21890 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21892 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21896 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21897 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21898 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21899 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21900 so it has a way to determine color values.
21902 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21904 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21906 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21907 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21909 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21910 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21911 instead of sending it to the printer.
21913 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21914 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21915 image in a file with that name.
21917 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21919 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21920 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21921 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21922 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21923 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21925 \(fn)" t nil)
21927 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21928 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21929 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21931 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21933 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21934 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21935 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21937 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21939 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21940 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21942 \(fn)" nil nil)
21944 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21945 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21947 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21948 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21950 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21951 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21953 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21955 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21957 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21959 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21960 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21962 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21963 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21965 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21966 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21968 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21970 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21972 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21974 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21975 foreground and background colors respectively.
21977 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21978 bold - use bold font.
21979 italic - use italic font.
21980 underline - put a line under text.
21981 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21982 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21983 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21984 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21985 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21987 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21989 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21991 ;;;***
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21994 ;;;;;; (18431 42239))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21997 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21999 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
22001 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
22003 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
22004 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22005 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22006 buffer automatically.
22008 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22009 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22010 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22011 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22012 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22013 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22014 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22016 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22017 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22018 buffer for a list of commands.)
22020 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22022 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
22023 Major mode for editing Python files.
22024 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
22025 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22026 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22027 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22029 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22030 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22031 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22032 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22033 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22034 \\<python-mode-map>
22035 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22036 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22037 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22038 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22039 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22040 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22042 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22043 effect outside them.
22045 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22046 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22047 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22048 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22049 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22050 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22051 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22052 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22053 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22055 \\{python-mode-map}
22057 \(fn)" t nil)
22059 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
22060 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22061 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22062 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22064 \(fn)" t nil)
22066 ;;;***
22068 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22069 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22072 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
22073 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22074 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22075 coding-system.
22077 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22078 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22080 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22081 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22082 them into characters should be done separately.
22084 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22086 ;;;***
22088 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22089 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22090 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22091 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22092 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18310 14590))
22093 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22095 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
22096 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22098 \(fn)" nil nil)
22100 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
22101 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22102 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22104 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22105 `quail-activate', which see.
22107 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22109 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
22110 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22111 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22112 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22113 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22114 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22115 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22117 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22118 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22119 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22120 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22121 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22122 shown.
22123 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22125 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22126 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22127 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22128 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22129 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22130 list of candidates.
22132 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22133 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22134 command to be called.
22136 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22137 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22138 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22139 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22141 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22142 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22143 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22144 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22145 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22146 to t.
22148 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22149 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22150 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22151 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22153 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22154 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22155 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22156 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22158 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22159 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22160 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22161 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22162 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22163 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22165 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22166 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22167 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22168 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22169 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22170 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22172 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22173 covers Quail translation region.
22175 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22176 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22177 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22178 for it) is inserted.
22180 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22181 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22182 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22184 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22185 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22186 non-Quail commands.
22188 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22190 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22191 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22193 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22194 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22195 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22196 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22197 you type is correctly handled.
22199 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22201 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22202 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22204 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22205 keyboard type.
22207 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22209 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
22210 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22211 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22212 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22213 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22214 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22215 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22216 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22217 for the translation.
22218 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22220 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22221 it is used to handle KEY.
22223 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22224 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22225 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22226 the following annotation types are supported.
22228 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22229 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22231 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22232 candidate list.
22234 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22235 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22236 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22237 inserted.
22239 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22240 generated for the following translations.
22242 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22244 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
22245 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22247 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22248 which to install MAP.
22250 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22252 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22254 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
22255 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22257 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22258 which to install MAP.
22260 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22262 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22264 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
22265 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22268 a function, or a cons.
22269 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22270 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22271 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22272 for the translation.
22273 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22274 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22275 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22276 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22277 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22279 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22280 it is used to handle KEY.
22282 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22283 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22284 current Quail package.
22286 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22287 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22289 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22291 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
22292 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22294 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22295 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22297 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22299 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22300 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22302 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22304 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22305 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22306 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22307 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22308 of the Emacs source tree.
22310 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22311 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22313 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22314 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22315 of each directory.
22317 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22319 ;;;***
22321 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22322 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22323 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18310
22324 ;;;;;; 14594))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22327 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22328 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22329 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22330 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22332 To make use of this do something like:
22334 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22336 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22338 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22339 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22341 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22342 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22343 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22345 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22347 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22348 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22350 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22352 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22353 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22355 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22356 is decided.
22358 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22360 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22361 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22363 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22364 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22365 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22367 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22369 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22370 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22372 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22374 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22375 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22377 \(fn)" t nil)
22379 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22380 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22382 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22384 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22386 \(fn)" t nil)
22388 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22389 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22393 ;;;***
22395 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22396 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18368 9296))
22397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22399 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22400 Connect to IRC.
22401 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22405 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22407 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22408 Not documented
22410 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22412 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22413 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22414 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22417 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22419 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22421 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22422 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22426 ;;;***
22428 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18310
22429 ;;;;;; 14594))
22430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22432 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22433 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22434 See \\[compile].
22436 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22438 ;;;***
22440 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22441 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
22442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22444 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22446 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22447 Construct a regexp interactively.
22449 \(fn)" t nil)
22451 ;;;***
22453 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18310 14577))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22456 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22457 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22458 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22461 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22463 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22465 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22466 Toggle recentf mode.
22467 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22468 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22470 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22471 that were operated on recently.
22473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22475 ;;;***
22477 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22478 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22479 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22480 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18310
22481 ;;;;;; 14577))
22482 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22484 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22485 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22486 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22487 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22489 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22491 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22493 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22494 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22495 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22496 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22497 ends.
22499 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22500 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22501 to be deleted.
22503 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22505 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22506 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22507 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22509 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22510 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22511 deleted.
22513 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22515 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22516 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22517 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22519 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22521 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22522 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22524 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22525 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22527 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22528 deleted.
22530 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22531 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22532 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22533 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22534 even beep.)
22536 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22538 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22539 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22541 \(fn)" t nil)
22543 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22544 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22545 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22546 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22547 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22548 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22549 and point is at the lower right corner.
22551 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22553 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22554 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22556 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22557 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22559 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22560 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22561 on the right side of the rectangle.
22563 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22565 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22567 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22568 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22569 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22570 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22571 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22573 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22574 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22576 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22578 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22579 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22580 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22582 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22584 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22586 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22588 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22589 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22591 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22592 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22593 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22595 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22597 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22598 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22599 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22601 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22602 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22603 rectangle which were empty.
22605 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22607 ;;;***
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18310
22610 ;;;;;; 14605))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22613 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22614 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22615 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22617 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22618 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22619 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22623 ;;;***
22625 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22626 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18310 14607))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22629 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22630 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22632 \(fn)" nil nil)
22634 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22635 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22637 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22638 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22640 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22641 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22642 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22643 \\ref macro.
22645 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22646 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22647 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22649 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22650 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22651 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22653 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22654 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22656 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22657 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22659 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22660 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22661 on the menu bar.
22663 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22667 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22668 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22669 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22671 \(fn)" nil nil)
22673 ;;;***
22675 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22676 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22679 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22680 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22681 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22682 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22683 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22684 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22686 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22688 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22690 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22691 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22692 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22693 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22694 `reftex-cite-format'.
22696 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22697 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22698 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22699 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22701 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22703 ;;;***
22705 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22706 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22707 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22709 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22710 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22711 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22712 the current TeX document.
22714 With no argument, this command toggles
22715 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22716 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22720 ;;;***
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22726 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22727 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22728 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22730 To insert new phrases, use
22731 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22732 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22734 To index phrases use one of:
22736 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22737 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22738 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22739 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22740 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22742 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22743 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22745 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22747 Here are all local bindings.
22749 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22751 \(fn)" t nil)
22753 ;;;***
22755 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22756 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22759 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22760 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22761 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22762 of master file.
22764 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22766 ;;;***
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18310
22769 ;;;;;; 14606))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22771 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22772 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22773 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22774 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22776 ;;;***
22778 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22779 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22782 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22783 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22784 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22785 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22786 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22787 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22789 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22790 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22792 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22793 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22795 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22797 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22798 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22799 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22800 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22802 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22804 ;;;***
22806 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18310 14577))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22809 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22810 Repeat most recently executed command.
22811 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22812 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22813 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22815 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22816 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22817 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22818 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22820 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22821 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22822 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22824 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22826 ;;;***
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22829 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22832 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22833 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22835 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22836 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22837 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22838 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22839 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22840 and point is left after the salutation.
22842 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22843 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22844 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22845 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22846 left after that text.
22848 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22849 is non-nil.
22851 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22852 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22853 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22854 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22856 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22858 ;;;***
22860 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22861 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
22862 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22864 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22865 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22866 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22867 visibility of comments that precede it.
22868 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22869 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22870 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22871 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22872 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22873 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22874 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22875 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22876 the comment lines.
22877 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22878 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22879 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22880 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22881 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22885 ;;;***
22887 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18310
22888 ;;;;;; 14577))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22891 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22892 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22894 \(fn)" nil nil)
22896 ;;;***
22898 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22899 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
22900 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22902 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22903 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22904 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22906 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22907 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22908 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22912 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22913 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22914 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22915 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22916 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22917 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22919 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22921 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22922 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22923 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22925 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22926 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22927 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22931 ;;;***
22933 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22934 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22937 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22938 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22940 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22942 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22943 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22945 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22947 ;;;***
22949 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18310 14594))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22951 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22953 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22954 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22955 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22956 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22958 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22960 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22961 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22962 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22963 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22965 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22966 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22968 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22969 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22971 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22972 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22973 INPUT-ARGS.
22975 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22976 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22977 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22978 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22979 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22981 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22982 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22983 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22984 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22986 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22987 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22988 variable.
22990 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22992 ;;;***
22994 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22995 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22996 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22997 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22998 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22999 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
23000 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18368
23001 ;;;;;; 29739))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23004 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
23005 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23006 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23008 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23010 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23011 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23012 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23013 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23015 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
23017 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23018 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23019 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23020 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23021 value is the user's email address and name.)
23022 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23024 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23025 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23026 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23027 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23028 which normally happens once for each message,
23029 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23030 To make a change in this variable take effect
23031 for a message that you have already viewed,
23032 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23034 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
23036 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23037 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23038 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23039 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23041 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
23043 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23044 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23046 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
23048 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23049 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23050 A value of nil means don't highlight.
23051 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
23053 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
23055 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
23056 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
23058 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
23060 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23061 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23063 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
23065 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23066 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23067 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23068 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23069 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23071 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
23073 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23074 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23075 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23076 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23078 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
23080 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23081 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23083 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
23085 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23086 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23088 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
23090 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
23091 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23093 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
23095 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23096 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23098 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23099 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23101 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23102 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23104 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
23106 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23107 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23109 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23110 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23111 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23112 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23114 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23115 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23117 This is set to nil by default.")
23119 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23120 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23121 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23122 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23123 until a user explicitly requires it.
23125 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23126 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23127 in your session.")
23129 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
23131 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23132 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23133 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23134 It is called with no argument.")
23136 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23137 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23138 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23139 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23140 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23141 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23142 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23144 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23145 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23146 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23147 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23148 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23149 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23151 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23152 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23153 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23154 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23155 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23157 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23158 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23159 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23160 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23161 MSG is the message number,
23162 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23163 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23165 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
23166 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23167 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23168 this feature is required with `require'.
23170 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23171 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23173 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23174 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23175 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23176 the message is decoded as normal way.
23178 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23179 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23180 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23182 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23183 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23184 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23186 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
23187 Read and edit incoming mail.
23188 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23189 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23190 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23192 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23193 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23194 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23195 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23197 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23199 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23201 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
23202 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23203 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23204 Instead, these commands are available:
23206 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23207 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23208 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23209 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23210 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23211 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23212 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23213 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23214 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23215 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23216 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23217 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23218 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23219 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23220 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23221 till a deleted message is found.
23222 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23223 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23224 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23225 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23226 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23227 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23228 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23229 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23230 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23231 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23232 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23233 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23234 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23235 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23236 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23237 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23238 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23239 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23240 (label defaults to last one specified).
23241 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23242 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23243 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23244 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23245 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23246 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23247 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23248 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23249 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23251 \(fn)" t nil)
23253 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
23254 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23256 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23258 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
23259 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23261 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23263 ;;;***
23265 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23266 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
23267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23269 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
23270 Edit the contents of this message.
23272 \(fn)" t nil)
23274 ;;;***
23276 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23277 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23278 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18310 14591))
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23281 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23282 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23283 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23285 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23287 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23288 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23289 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23291 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23293 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23294 Not documented
23296 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23298 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23299 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23300 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23301 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23302 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23304 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23306 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23307 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23308 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23309 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23310 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23312 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23314 ;;;***
23316 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23317 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
23318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23320 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23321 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23322 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23323 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23325 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23327 ;;;***
23329 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23330 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23331 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18310 14591))
23332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23334 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23335 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23336 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23337 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23338 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23339 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23340 a file name as a string.")
23342 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23344 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23345 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23346 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23347 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23348 buffer visiting that file.
23349 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23350 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23352 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23353 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23355 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23356 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23358 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23359 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23361 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23363 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23364 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23366 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23368 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23369 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23370 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23371 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23372 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23374 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23375 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23376 will be appended with their original headers.
23378 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23379 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23381 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23382 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23384 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23386 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23388 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23389 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23390 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23392 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23394 ;;;***
23396 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23397 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23398 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18310
23399 ;;;;;; 14591))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23402 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23403 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23404 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23406 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23408 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23409 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23410 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23412 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23414 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23415 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23416 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23418 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23420 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23421 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23422 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23424 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23426 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23427 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23428 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23430 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23432 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23433 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23434 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23436 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23438 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23439 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23440 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23441 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23443 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23445 ;;;***
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23448 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23449 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23450 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23451 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18310 14591))
23452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23454 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23455 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23459 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23460 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23462 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23464 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23465 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23469 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23470 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23471 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23473 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23475 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23476 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23477 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23478 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23479 only look in the To and From fields.
23480 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23482 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23484 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23485 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23486 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23487 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23488 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23492 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23493 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23494 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23495 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23496 look in the whole message.
23497 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23499 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23501 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23502 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23503 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23505 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23507 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23508 *Function to decode summary-line.
23510 By default, `identity' is set.")
23512 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23514 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23515 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23516 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23517 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23518 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23519 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23520 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23522 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23523 sent by you under different user names.
23524 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23526 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23528 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23530 ;;;***
23532 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23533 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18310 14577))
23534 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23536 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23537 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23539 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23541 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23542 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23544 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23546 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23547 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23551 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23552 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23553 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23555 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23556 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23557 in ROT13.
23559 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23561 \(fn)" t nil)
23563 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23564 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23566 \(fn)" t nil)
23568 ;;;***
23570 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18310
23571 ;;;;;; 14577))
23572 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23574 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23575 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23579 ;;;***
23581 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18310
23582 ;;;;;; 14582))
23583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23585 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23586 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23587 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23588 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23590 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23592 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23593 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23594 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23595 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23597 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23598 notation.
23600 STRING
23601 matches string STRING literally.
23603 CHAR
23604 matches character CHAR literally.
23606 `not-newline', `nonl'
23607 matches any character except a newline.
23609 `anything'
23610 matches any character
23612 `(any SET ...)'
23613 `(in SET ...)'
23614 `(char SET ...)'
23615 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23616 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23617 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23619 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23620 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23621 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23622 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23624 `(not (any SET ...))'
23625 matches any character not in SET ...
23627 `line-start', `bol'
23628 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23629 in the text being matched
23631 `line-end', `eol'
23632 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23634 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23635 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23636 string being matched against.
23638 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23639 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23640 string being matched against.
23642 `buffer-start'
23643 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23644 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23646 `buffer-end'
23647 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23648 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23650 `point'
23651 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23653 `word-start', `bow'
23654 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23656 `word-end', `eow'
23657 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23659 `word-boundary'
23660 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23661 word.
23663 `(not word-boundary)'
23664 `not-word-boundary'
23665 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23666 word.
23668 `symbol-start'
23669 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23671 `symbol-end'
23672 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23674 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23675 matches 0 through 9.
23677 `control', `cntrl'
23678 matches ASCII control characters.
23680 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23681 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23683 `blank'
23684 matches space and tab only.
23686 `graphic', `graph'
23687 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23688 space, and DEL.
23690 `printing', `print'
23691 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23692 and DEL.
23694 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23695 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23696 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23698 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23699 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23700 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23702 `ascii'
23703 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23705 `nonascii'
23706 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23708 `lower', `lower-case'
23709 matches anything lower-case.
23711 `upper', `upper-case'
23712 matches anything upper-case.
23714 `punctuation', `punct'
23715 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23716 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23718 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23719 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23721 `word', `wordchar'
23722 matches anything that has word syntax.
23724 `not-wordchar'
23725 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23727 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23728 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23729 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23730 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23732 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23733 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23734 `word' (\\sw)
23735 `symbol' (\\s_)
23736 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23737 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23738 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23739 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23740 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23741 `escape' (\\s\\)
23742 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23743 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23744 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23745 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23746 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23748 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23749 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23751 `(category CATEGORY)'
23752 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23753 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23755 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23756 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23757 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23758 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23759 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23760 `symbol' (\\c5)
23761 `digit' (\\c6)
23762 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23763 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23764 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23765 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23766 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23767 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23768 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23769 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23770 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23771 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23772 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23773 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23774 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23775 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23776 `ascii' (\\ca)
23777 `arabic' (\\cb)
23778 `chinese' (\\cc)
23779 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23780 `greek' (\\cg)
23781 `korean' (\\ch)
23782 `indian' (\\ci)
23783 `japanese' (\\cj)
23784 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23785 `latin' (\\cl)
23786 `lao' (\\co)
23787 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23788 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23789 `thai' (\\ct)
23790 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23791 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23792 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23793 `can-break' (\\c|)
23795 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23796 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23798 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23799 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23800 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23801 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23802 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23804 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23805 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23806 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23807 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23809 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23810 another name for `submatch'.
23812 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23813 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23814 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23815 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23816 regular expression.
23818 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23819 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23820 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23821 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23822 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23824 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23825 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23827 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23828 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23830 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23831 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23832 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23834 `(* SEXP ...)'
23835 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23836 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23838 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23839 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23840 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23842 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23843 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23844 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23846 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23847 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23849 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23850 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23852 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23853 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23854 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23855 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23857 `(? SEXP ...)'
23858 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23860 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23861 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23863 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23864 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23865 matches N occurrences.
23867 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23868 matches N or more occurrences.
23870 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23871 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23872 matches N to M occurrences.
23874 `(backref N)'
23875 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23877 `(backref N)'
23878 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23880 `(backref N)'
23881 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23883 `(eval FORM)'
23884 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23885 `regexp-quote' it.
23887 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23888 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23890 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23892 ;;;***
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23895 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23898 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23899 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23900 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23901 interface.")
23903 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23905 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23906 Toggle savehist-mode.
23907 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23908 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23909 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23910 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23912 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23913 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23914 which is probably undesirable.
23916 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23918 ;;;***
23920 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23921 ;;;;;; (18368 9297))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23924 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23925 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23926 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23928 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23929 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23930 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23931 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23932 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23933 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23934 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23935 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23937 Commands:
23938 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23939 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23940 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23941 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23942 if that value is non-nil.
23944 \(fn)" t nil)
23946 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23947 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23948 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23950 Commands:
23951 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23952 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23953 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23954 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23955 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23956 that variable's value is a string.
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23960 ;;;***
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23963 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23966 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23967 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23968 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23970 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23972 \(fn)" t nil)
23974 ;;;***
23976 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23977 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23978 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23980 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23981 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23982 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23985 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23987 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23989 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23990 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23991 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23992 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23993 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23997 ;;;***
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24000 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24003 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
24004 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24005 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24006 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24007 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24008 during scrolling.
24010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24012 ;;;***
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24015 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24016 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24017 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24018 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24019 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24020 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24021 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24022 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18310 14591))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24025 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
24026 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24028 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24029 king@grassland.com
24030 If `parens', they look like:
24031 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24032 If `angles', they look like:
24033 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24034 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24035 derived from the envelope-from address.
24037 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24038 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24039 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24040 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24042 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
24044 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24045 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24046 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24047 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24049 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24050 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24051 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24052 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24054 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
24056 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24057 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24058 This is done when the message is initialized,
24059 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24061 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
24063 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24064 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24065 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24067 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
24069 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
24071 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
24072 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24073 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24074 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24075 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24076 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24077 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24079 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
24081 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24082 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24084 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
24086 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24087 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24088 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24090 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
24092 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24093 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24094 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24095 when you first send mail.")
24097 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
24099 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24100 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24101 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24102 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24103 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24105 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24107 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24108 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24109 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24110 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24111 This file need not actually exist.")
24113 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24115 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24116 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24117 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24119 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
24121 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24122 Alist of mail address aliases,
24123 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24124 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24125 can specify a different file name.)
24126 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24127 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24129 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24130 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24131 nil means use indentation.")
24133 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
24135 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24136 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24137 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24139 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
24141 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24142 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24143 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24144 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24145 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24146 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24147 in the cited portion of the message.
24149 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24150 instead of no action.")
24152 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
24154 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24155 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24156 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24157 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24158 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24160 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
24162 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24163 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24164 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24165 If a string, that string is inserted.
24166 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24167 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24168 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24169 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24171 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
24173 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24174 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24176 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
24178 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24179 Directory for mail buffers.
24180 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24181 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24183 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
24185 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24186 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24187 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24188 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24190 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
24192 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24193 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24194 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24195 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24196 is non-nil.")
24198 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
24200 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
24201 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24202 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24203 `query' means ask the user each time.
24204 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24205 The default is `mime'.
24206 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24207 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24209 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
24211 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
24212 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24213 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24215 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24216 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24218 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24219 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24220 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24221 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24222 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24223 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24224 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24225 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24226 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24227 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24228 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24229 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24230 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24232 \(fn)" t nil)
24234 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24235 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24237 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24238 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24240 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
24242 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24243 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24244 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24245 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24246 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24247 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24249 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
24250 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24251 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24253 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24254 User should not set this variable manually,
24255 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24256 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24257 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24258 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24260 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24261 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24262 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24263 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24265 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24266 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24268 \\<mail-mode-map>
24269 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24271 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24272 to move to message header fields:
24273 \\{mail-mode-map}
24275 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24276 when the message is initialized.
24278 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24279 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24281 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24282 is inserted.
24284 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24285 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24287 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24288 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24289 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24290 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24291 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24292 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24293 buffer without erasing the contents.
24295 The second through fifth arguments,
24296 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24297 the initial contents of those header fields.
24298 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24299 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24300 original message being replied to, or else an action
24301 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24302 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24303 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24304 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24305 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24306 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24308 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24310 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24311 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24313 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24315 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24316 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24318 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24320 ;;;***
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24323 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24326 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24327 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24328 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24329 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24330 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24331 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24333 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24334 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24336 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24338 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24339 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24340 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24343 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24345 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24347 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24348 Toggle Server mode.
24349 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24350 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24351 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24355 ;;;***
24357 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18310 14577))
24358 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24360 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24361 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24362 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24364 Key definitions:
24365 \\{ses-mode-map}
24366 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24367 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24368 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24369 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24371 \(fn)" t nil)
24373 ;;;***
24375 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24376 ;;;;;; (18368 9298))
24377 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24379 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24380 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24381 Makes > match <.
24382 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24383 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24385 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24386 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24387 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24389 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24390 in your `.emacs' file.
24392 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24394 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24395 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24396 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24398 \(fn)" t nil)
24400 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24402 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24403 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24404 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24405 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24406 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24407 which this is based.
24409 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24411 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24412 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24413 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24414 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24416 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24417 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24418 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24420 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24421 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24422 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24423 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24425 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24426 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24427 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24428 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24430 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24432 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24433 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24434 To work around that, do:
24435 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24437 \\{html-mode-map}
24439 \(fn)" t nil)
24441 ;;;***
24443 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24444 ;;;;;; (18368 29740))
24445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24446 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24448 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24449 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24450 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24451 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24452 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24453 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24455 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24456 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24457 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24458 shell-specific features.
24460 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24461 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24462 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24463 \\<sh-mode-map>
24464 \\[sh-case] case statement
24465 \\[sh-for] for loop
24466 \\[sh-function] function definition
24467 \\[sh-if] if statement
24468 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24469 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24470 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24471 \\[sh-select] select loop
24472 \\[sh-until] until loop
24473 \\[sh-while] while loop
24475 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24476 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24477 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24478 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24479 would indent to the way it currently is.
24480 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24481 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24484 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24485 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24486 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24487 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24488 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24489 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24491 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24492 {, (, [, ', \", `
24493 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24495 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24496 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24497 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24499 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24500 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24504 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24506 ;;;***
24508 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18310 14589))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24511 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24512 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24513 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24514 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24515 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24516 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24518 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24520 ;;;***
24522 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24523 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24526 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24527 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24529 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24530 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24531 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24532 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24533 the earlier.
24535 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24537 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24539 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24540 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24541 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24543 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24544 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24546 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24547 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24548 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24549 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24550 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24551 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24552 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24553 Emacs version).
24555 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24556 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24557 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24558 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24559 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24561 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24562 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24563 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24565 \(fn)" t nil)
24567 ;;;***
24569 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24570 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18310
24571 ;;;;;; 14577))
24572 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24574 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24575 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24576 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24577 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24578 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24579 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24580 sites in the cluster.
24582 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24584 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24585 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24586 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24587 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24588 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24590 \(fn)" t nil)
24592 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24593 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24594 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24595 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24596 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24597 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24598 `shadow-define-cluster').
24600 \(fn)" t nil)
24602 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24603 Set up file shadowing.
24605 \(fn)" t nil)
24607 ;;;***
24609 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24610 ;;;;;; (18567 43470))
24611 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24613 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24614 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24615 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24616 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24617 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24618 arguments.")
24620 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24622 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24623 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24624 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24625 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24626 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24627 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24628 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24629 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24630 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24631 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24632 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24633 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24634 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24635 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24638 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24639 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24640 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24642 `default-process-coding-system'.
24644 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24645 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24646 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24647 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24652 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24654 ;;;***
24656 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24657 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18310 14589))
24658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24660 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24661 Not documented
24663 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24665 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24666 Not documented
24668 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24670 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24671 Not documented
24673 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24675 ;;;***
24677 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24678 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24681 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24682 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24683 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24684 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24685 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24687 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24689 \(fn)" t nil)
24691 ;;;***
24693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18593 55294))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24695 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24697 ;;;***
24699 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18310
24700 ;;;;;; 14601))
24701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24703 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24704 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24705 \\{simula-mode-map}
24706 Variables controlling indentation style:
24707 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24708 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24709 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24710 `simula-indent-level'
24711 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24712 `simula-substatement-offset'
24713 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24714 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24715 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24716 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24717 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24718 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24719 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24720 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24721 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24722 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24723 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24724 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24725 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24726 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24727 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24728 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24729 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24730 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24731 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24732 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24733 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24734 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24735 or nil if they should not be changed.
24736 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24737 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24738 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24739 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24741 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24742 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24744 \(fn)" t nil)
24746 ;;;***
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24749 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18310 14577))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24752 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24753 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24755 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24756 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24757 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24758 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24760 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24762 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24763 Insert SKELETON.
24764 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24765 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24766 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24767 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24768 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24770 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24771 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24773 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24775 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24776 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24778 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24779 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24780 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24781 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24783 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24784 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24785 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24786 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24788 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24789 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24790 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24792 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24793 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24795 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24796 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24798 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24799 _ interesting point, interregion here
24800 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24801 interesting point set by _
24802 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24803 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24804 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24805 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24806 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24807 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24808 nil skipped
24810 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24811 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24813 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24814 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24815 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24816 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24817 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24818 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24819 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24820 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24822 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24823 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24824 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24825 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24826 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24827 available:
24829 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24830 then: insert previously read string once more
24831 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24832 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24833 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24835 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24836 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24838 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24840 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24841 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24843 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24844 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24845 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24846 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24847 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24848 such as backslash.
24850 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24851 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24852 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24854 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24856 ;;;***
24858 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24859 ;;;;;; (18469 40408))
24860 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24862 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24863 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24864 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24865 buffer names.
24867 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24869 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24870 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24871 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24875 ;;;***
24877 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24878 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24881 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24882 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24883 A list of images is returned.
24885 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24887 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24888 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24889 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24891 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24893 ;;;***
24895 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24896 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18310 14591))
24897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24899 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24900 Not documented
24902 \(fn)" nil nil)
24904 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24905 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24907 \(fn)" t nil)
24909 ;;;***
24911 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18310 14597))
24912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24914 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24915 Play the Snake game.
24916 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24918 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24920 Snake mode keybindings:
24921 \\<snake-mode-map>
24922 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24923 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24924 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24925 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24926 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24927 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24928 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24932 ;;;***
24934 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24935 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24938 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24939 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24940 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24941 Tab indents for C code.
24942 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24943 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24944 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24945 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24946 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24948 \(fn)" t nil)
24950 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24951 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24952 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24953 Tab indents for C code.
24954 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24955 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24956 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24957 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24958 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24960 \(fn)" t nil)
24962 ;;;***
24964 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24965 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24966 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18310 14580))
24967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24969 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24970 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24972 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24973 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24974 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24976 For example, the form
24978 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24979 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24981 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24983 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24985 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24986 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24988 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24989 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24990 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24991 York City.
24993 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24995 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24997 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24998 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25000 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25001 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
25002 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
25003 York City.
25005 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25007 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
25009 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
25010 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
25011 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
25012 pair.
25014 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25016 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
25018 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
25019 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25020 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25022 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25023 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25025 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25029 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
25030 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
25031 Requires floating point.
25033 \(fn)" nil nil)
25035 ;;;***
25037 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18597
25038 ;;;;;; 43991))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25041 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
25042 Play Solitaire.
25044 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25045 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25046 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25047 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25048 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25049 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25050 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25051 check after each move or undo)
25053 What is Solitaire?
25055 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25056 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25057 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25059 Le Solitaire
25060 ============
25062 o o o
25064 o o o
25066 o o o o o o o
25068 o o o . o o o
25070 o o o o o o o
25072 o o o
25074 o o o
25076 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25077 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25078 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25079 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25081 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25082 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25083 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25084 this: o o .
25086 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25087 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25089 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25091 o o o
25093 . o o
25095 o o . o o o o
25097 o . o o o o o
25099 o o o o o o o
25101 o o o
25103 o o o
25105 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25107 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25109 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25111 ;;;***
25113 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25114 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25115 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18310 14577))
25116 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25117 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25119 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
25120 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25122 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25123 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25124 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25125 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25126 contiguous.
25128 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25129 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25130 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25131 the sort order.
25133 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25134 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25136 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25137 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25138 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25139 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25140 is called.
25142 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25143 It should move point to the end of the record.
25145 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25146 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25147 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25148 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25149 starts at the beginning of the record.
25151 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25152 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25153 same as ENDRECFUN.
25155 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25156 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25158 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25160 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
25161 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25162 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25163 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25164 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25165 the sort order.
25167 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25169 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
25170 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25171 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25172 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25173 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25174 the sort order.
25176 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25178 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
25179 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25180 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25181 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25182 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25183 the sort order.
25185 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25186 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25188 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
25189 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25190 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25191 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25192 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25193 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25194 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25195 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25196 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25198 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25200 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
25201 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25202 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25203 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25204 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25205 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25206 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25207 the sort order.
25209 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25211 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
25212 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25213 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25214 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25215 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25216 is to be used for sorting.
25217 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25218 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25219 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25220 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25221 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25223 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25225 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25226 the sort order.
25228 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25229 starting with the letter \"f\",
25230 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25232 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25234 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
25235 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25236 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25237 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25238 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25239 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25240 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25241 the sort order.
25243 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25244 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25245 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25246 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25247 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25249 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25251 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25252 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25253 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25255 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25257 ;;;***
25259 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18310
25260 ;;;;;; 14589))
25261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25263 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25264 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25266 \(fn)" t nil)
25268 ;;;***
25270 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25271 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25272 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18310 14589))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25275 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25276 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25278 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25279 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25280 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25282 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25284 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25285 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25286 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25287 server.
25289 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25291 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25292 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25293 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25295 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25297 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25298 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25299 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25300 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25301 Agent is plugged.
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25305 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25306 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25307 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25308 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25312 ;;;***
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25315 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18310 14577))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25318 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25320 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25321 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25322 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25323 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25324 supported at a time.
25325 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25326 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25330 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25331 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25332 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25333 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25335 \(fn)" t nil)
25337 ;;;***
25339 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25340 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18310 14607))
25341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25343 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25345 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25346 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25347 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25348 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25349 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25350 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25354 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25355 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25356 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25357 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25359 \(fn)" t nil)
25361 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25362 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25363 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25364 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25365 for example, \"word\".
25367 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25369 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25370 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25372 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25374 ;;;***
25376 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18310
25377 ;;;;;; 14597))
25378 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25380 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25381 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25383 \(fn)" t nil)
25385 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25386 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25388 \(fn)" nil nil)
25390 ;;;***
25392 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25393 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25394 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25395 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18310
25396 ;;;;;; 14601))
25397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25399 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25400 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25402 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25403 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25404 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25405 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25406 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25407 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25408 of the current highlighting list.
25410 For example:
25412 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25413 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25415 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25416 `_t' as data types.
25418 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25420 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25421 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25423 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25424 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25426 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25428 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25429 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25430 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25432 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25434 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25435 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25436 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25437 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25438 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25439 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25440 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25441 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25442 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25444 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25446 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25447 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25448 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25449 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25451 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25452 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25453 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25454 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25456 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25457 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25458 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25460 \(fn)" t nil)
25462 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25463 Major mode to edit SQL.
25465 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25466 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25467 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25469 \\{sql-mode-map}
25470 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25472 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25473 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25474 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25475 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25476 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25477 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25479 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25480 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25482 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25483 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25484 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25486 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25487 (lambda ()
25488 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25490 \(fn)" t nil)
25492 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25493 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25495 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25496 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25497 `*SQL*'.
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25501 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25503 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25504 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25506 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25507 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25508 `*SQL*'.
25510 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25511 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25512 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25513 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25515 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25523 `default-process-coding-system'.
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25527 \(fn)" t nil)
25529 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25530 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25532 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25533 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25534 `*SQL*'.
25536 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25537 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25538 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25539 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25541 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25542 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25545 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25549 `default-process-coding-system'.
25551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25553 \(fn)" t nil)
25555 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25556 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25560 `*SQL*'.
25562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25563 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25565 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25568 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25569 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25571 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25572 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25573 `default-process-coding-system'.
25575 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25577 \(fn)" t nil)
25579 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25580 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25582 SQLite is free software.
25584 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25585 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 `*SQL*'.
25588 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25589 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25590 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25591 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25593 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25594 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25596 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25597 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25598 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25599 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25600 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25601 `default-process-coding-system'.
25603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25605 \(fn)" t nil)
25607 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25608 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25610 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25612 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25613 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25614 `*SQL*'.
25616 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25617 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25618 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25619 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25621 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25622 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25624 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25625 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25626 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25627 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25628 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25629 `default-process-coding-system'.
25631 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25633 \(fn)" t nil)
25635 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25636 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25638 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25639 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25640 `*SQL*'.
25642 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25643 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25644 defaults, if set.
25646 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25647 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25651 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25654 `default-process-coding-system'.
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25658 \(fn)" t nil)
25660 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25661 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25668 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25670 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25675 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25678 `default-process-coding-system'.
25680 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25682 \(fn)" t nil)
25684 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25685 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25689 `*SQL*'.
25691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25692 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25693 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25694 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25700 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25701 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25702 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25703 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25704 `default-process-coding-system'.
25706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25708 \(fn)" t nil)
25710 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25711 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25715 `*SQL*'.
25717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25718 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25719 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25720 `sql-postgres-options'.
25722 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25723 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25726 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25727 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25730 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25731 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25732 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25734 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25735 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25737 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25739 \(fn)" t nil)
25741 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25742 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25746 `*SQL*'.
25748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25749 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25750 defaults, if set.
25752 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25755 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25756 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25757 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25758 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25759 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25760 `default-process-coding-system'.
25762 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25764 \(fn)" t nil)
25766 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25767 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25769 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25770 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25771 `*SQL*'.
25773 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25774 automatic login.
25776 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25777 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25779 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25780 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25781 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25782 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25784 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25785 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25786 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25787 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25788 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25789 `default-process-coding-system'.
25791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25793 \(fn)" t nil)
25795 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25796 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25800 `*SQL*'.
25802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25803 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25804 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25805 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25806 parameters.
25808 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25809 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25810 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25811 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25812 an empty password.
25814 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25815 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25817 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25819 \(fn)" t nil)
25821 ;;;***
25823 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25824 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25825 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25826 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25827 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18310
25828 ;;;;;; 14577))
25829 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25831 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25832 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25833 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25834 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25835 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25836 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25838 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25840 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25842 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25843 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25844 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25845 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25846 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25847 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25848 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25850 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25852 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25853 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25854 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25855 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25856 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25857 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25858 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25860 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25862 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25863 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25864 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25866 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25868 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25869 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25870 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25872 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25874 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25875 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25877 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25879 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25880 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25882 \(fn)" t nil)
25884 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25885 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25887 \(fn)" t nil)
25889 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25890 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25891 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25892 chronologically by command name.
25893 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25895 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25897 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25898 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25899 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25902 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25904 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25906 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25907 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25908 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25909 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25910 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25911 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25912 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25914 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25915 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25916 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25917 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25919 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25923 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25924 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25925 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25926 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25928 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25930 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25931 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25933 \(fn)" t nil)
25935 ;;;***
25937 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25938 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25941 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25942 Studlify-case the region.
25944 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25946 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25947 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25949 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25951 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25952 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25954 \(fn)" t nil)
25956 ;;;***
25958 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18593 55294))
25959 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25961 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25962 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25963 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25964 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25965 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25966 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25968 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25969 is used instead of `load-path'.
25971 When called from a program, the file name is normally returned as a
25972 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25973 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25975 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25977 ;;;***
25979 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25980 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
25981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25983 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25984 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25985 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25986 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25987 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25988 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25989 original message but it does require a few things:
25991 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25993 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25994 reply buffer.
25996 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25997 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25998 original message.
26000 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26002 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26004 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
26005 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
26006 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26008 \(fn)" nil nil)
26010 ;;;***
26012 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18310 14577))
26013 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26015 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
26016 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
26017 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26020 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
26022 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
26024 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
26025 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
26026 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it
26027 off.
26029 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
26030 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26031 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
26033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26035 ;;;***
26037 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18310 14577))
26038 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26040 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
26041 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26042 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26043 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26044 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26046 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26048 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
26049 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26050 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26051 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26052 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26053 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26054 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26056 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26058 ;;;***
26060 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26061 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26062 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26063 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26064 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26065 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26066 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26067 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26068 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26069 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26070 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26071 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26072 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18310 14607))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26075 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26076 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26077 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26079 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
26081 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26082 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26084 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
26086 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26087 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26089 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
26091 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26092 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26094 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
26096 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
26097 Insert an editable text table.
26098 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26099 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26100 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26101 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26102 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26103 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26104 delimiting them.
26106 Examples:
26108 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26110 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26111 location of point.
26115 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26116 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26117 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26118 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26119 first cell.
26121 +-----+-----+-----+
26122 |-!- | | |
26123 +-----+-----+-----+
26125 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26127 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26128 width, which results as
26130 +--------------+-----+-----+
26131 |-!- | | |
26132 +--------------+-----+-----+
26134 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26135 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26138 | | |-!- |
26139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26142 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26143 width information to `table-insert'.
26145 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26147 instead of
26149 Cell width(s): 5
26151 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26152 work all together.
26154 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26155 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26157 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158 |-!- | | |
26159 | | | |
26160 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26162 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26164 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26165 |-!- | | |
26166 | | | |
26167 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26168 | | | |
26169 | | | |
26170 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26172 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26174 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 | | | |
26176 | | | |
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26178 | | | |
26179 | | | |
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26184 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26185 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26188 | | | |
26189 | | | |
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191 | | | |
26192 | | | |
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26194 |-!- | | |
26195 | | | |
26196 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26199 results.
26201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 | | | |
26203 | | | |
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26206 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26207 | | |expected results.-!- |
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 | | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26215 \\{table-cell-map}
26217 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26219 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
26220 Insert N table row(s).
26221 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26222 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26223 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26224 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26226 \(fn N)" t nil)
26228 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
26229 Insert N table column(s).
26230 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26231 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26232 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26233 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26235 \(fn N)" t nil)
26237 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
26238 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26239 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26241 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26243 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
26244 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26245 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26246 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26247 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26248 all the table specific features.
26250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26252 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26253 Not documented
26255 \(fn)" t nil)
26257 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26258 Recognize all tables within region.
26259 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26260 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26261 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26262 specific features.
26264 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26267 Not documented
26269 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26271 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26272 Recognize a table at point.
26273 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26274 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26275 the table specific features.
26277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26279 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26280 Not documented
26282 \(fn)" t nil)
26284 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26285 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26286 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26287 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26288 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26289 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26290 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26292 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26294 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26295 Not documented
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26299 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26300 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26301 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26302 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26303 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26304 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26305 specified.
26307 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26309 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26310 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26311 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26312 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26313 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26314 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26315 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26316 table structure.
26318 \(fn N)" t nil)
26320 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26321 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26322 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26323 table's rectangle structure.
26325 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26327 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26328 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26329 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26330 table's rectangle structure.
26332 \(fn N)" t nil)
26334 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26335 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26336 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26337 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26338 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26340 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26342 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26343 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26344 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26346 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26347 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26348 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26349 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26350 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26351 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26352 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26354 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26355 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26356 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26357 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26358 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26359 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26360 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26362 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26363 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26364 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26365 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26366 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26367 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26368 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26369 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26371 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26373 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26374 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26375 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26376 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26380 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26381 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26382 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26384 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26386 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26387 Split current cell vertically.
26388 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26392 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26393 Split current cell horizontally.
26394 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26396 \(fn)" t nil)
26398 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26399 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26400 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26402 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26404 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26405 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26406 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26407 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26409 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26411 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26412 Justify cell contents.
26413 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26414 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26415 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26416 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26418 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26420 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26421 Justify cells of a row.
26422 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26423 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26425 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26427 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26428 Justify cells of a column.
26429 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26430 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26432 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26434 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26435 Toggle fixing width mode.
26436 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26437 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26438 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26442 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26443 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26444 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26445 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26446 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26447 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26448 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26449 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26450 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26451 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26452 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26454 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26456 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26457 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26458 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26459 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26460 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26461 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26462 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26463 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26464 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26465 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26466 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26467 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26468 untouched.
26470 References used for this implementation:
26472 HTML:
26473 http://www.w3.org
26475 LaTeX:
26476 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26478 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26479 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26480 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26482 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26484 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26485 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26486 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26487 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26488 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26489 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26490 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26491 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26492 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26493 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26494 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26495 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26496 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26497 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26498 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26499 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26500 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26502 Example:
26504 (progn
26505 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26506 (table-forward-cell 15)
26507 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26508 (table-forward-cell 16)
26509 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26510 (table-forward-cell 1)
26511 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26513 (progn
26514 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26515 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26516 (table-forward-cell 1)
26517 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26519 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26521 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26522 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26523 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26524 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26525 consists from cells of same height.
26527 \(fn N)" t nil)
26529 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26530 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26531 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26532 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26533 column must consists from cells of same width.
26535 \(fn N)" t nil)
26537 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26538 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26539 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26540 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26541 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26542 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26543 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26544 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26545 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26546 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26547 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26548 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26549 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26550 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26551 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26554 Example 1:
26556 1, 2, 3, 4
26557 5, 6, 7, 8
26558 , 9, 10
26560 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26561 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26562 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26563 specified as 5.
26565 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26566 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26567 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26568 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26569 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26570 | | 9 | 10 | |
26571 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26573 Note:
26575 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26576 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26577 of each row is optional.
26580 Example 2:
26582 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26583 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26584 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26585 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26586 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26588 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26589 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26591 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26592 expression and raw delimiter regular
26593 expression, it parses the specified text
26594 area and extracts cell items from
26595 non-table text and then forms a table out
26596 of them.
26598 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26599 creates a single cell table. The text in
26600 the specified region is placed in that
26601 cell.-*-
26603 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26604 like this.
26606 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26607 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26608 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26610 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26611 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26612 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26613 | area and extracts cell items from |
26614 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26615 | of them. |
26617 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26618 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26619 | the specified region is placed in that |
26620 | cell. |
26621 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26623 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26624 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26625 independently.
26627 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26628 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26629 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26630 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26631 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26632 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26633 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26634 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26635 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26636 | |of them. |
26637 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26638 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26639 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26640 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26641 | |cell. |
26642 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26644 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26645 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26646 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26648 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26650 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26651 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26652 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26653 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26654 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26656 \(fn)" t nil)
26658 ;;;***
26660 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18310 14577))
26661 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26663 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26664 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26666 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26668 ;;;***
26670 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18490 63050))
26671 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26673 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26674 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26675 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26676 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26677 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26678 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26679 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26681 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26682 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26683 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26684 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26686 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26687 \\{tar-mode-map}
26689 \(fn)" t nil)
26691 ;;;***
26693 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26694 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18310 14601))
26695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26697 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26698 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26699 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26700 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26701 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26702 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26704 Variables controlling indentation style:
26705 `tcl-indent-level'
26706 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26707 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26708 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26710 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26711 documentation for details):
26712 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26713 Controls action of TAB key.
26714 `tcl-auto-newline'
26715 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26716 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26717 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26718 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26719 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26721 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26722 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26723 already exist.
26725 Commands:
26726 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26728 \(fn)" t nil)
26730 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26731 Run inferior Tcl process.
26732 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26733 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26735 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26737 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26738 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26739 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26741 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26743 ;;;***
26745 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18310 14594))
26746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26747 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26749 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26750 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26751 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26752 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26754 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26755 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26756 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26757 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26758 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26760 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26761 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26763 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26764 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26765 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26768 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26770 ;;;***
26772 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18310
26773 ;;;;;; 14577))
26774 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26776 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26777 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26778 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26779 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26780 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26781 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26783 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26785 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26786 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26787 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26788 commands to use in that buffer.
26790 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26792 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26794 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26795 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26797 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26799 ;;;***
26801 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18310
26802 ;;;;;; 14577))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26805 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26806 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26807 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26808 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26809 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26810 program as keyboard input.
26812 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26813 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26814 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26815 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26817 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26818 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26819 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26820 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26821 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26823 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26825 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26826 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26827 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26828 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26830 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26831 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26832 subprocess started.
26834 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26836 ;;;***
26838 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26839 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26842 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26843 Start coverage on function under point.
26845 \(fn)" t nil)
26847 ;;;***
26849 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18310 14597))
26850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26852 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26853 Play the Tetris game.
26854 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26855 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26856 as to form complete rows.
26858 tetris-mode keybindings:
26859 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26860 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26861 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26862 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26863 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26864 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26865 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26866 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26867 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26869 \(fn)" t nil)
26871 ;;;***
26873 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26874 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26875 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26876 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26877 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26878 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26879 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26880 ;;;;;; (18570 7790))
26881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26883 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26884 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26886 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26888 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26889 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26890 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26891 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26892 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26894 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26896 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26897 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26898 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26899 if it matches the first line of the file,
26900 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26902 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26905 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26906 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26907 if the variable is non-nil.")
26909 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26911 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26912 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26914 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26916 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26917 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26918 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26919 See the documentation of that variable.")
26921 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26923 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26924 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26925 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26926 See the documentation of that variable.")
26928 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26930 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26931 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26932 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26933 See the documentation of that variable.")
26935 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26937 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26938 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26939 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26940 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26941 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26943 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26945 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26946 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26947 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26948 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26950 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26952 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26953 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26954 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26956 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26958 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26959 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26960 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26961 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26963 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26965 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26966 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26967 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26968 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26970 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26972 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26973 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26974 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26975 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26977 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26978 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26979 for example,
26981 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26982 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26984 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26985 use.")
26987 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26989 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26990 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26991 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26992 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26993 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26995 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26997 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26999 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27000 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27001 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27003 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
27005 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
27006 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27007 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27008 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27009 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27011 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
27013 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27014 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27016 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
27018 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27019 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27021 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
27023 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27024 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27025 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27026 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27027 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27028 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27029 says which mode to use.
27031 \(fn)" t nil)
27033 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
27035 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
27037 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
27039 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27040 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27041 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27042 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27043 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27045 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27046 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27047 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27048 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27049 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27050 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27051 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27053 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27054 mismatched $'s or braces.
27056 Special commands:
27057 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27059 Mode variables:
27060 tex-run-command
27061 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27062 tex-directory
27063 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27064 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27065 tex-dvi-print-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27067 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27068 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27069 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27070 tex-dvi-view-command
27071 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27072 tex-show-queue-command
27073 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27074 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27076 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27077 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27078 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27080 \(fn)" t nil)
27082 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27083 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27084 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27085 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27086 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27088 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27089 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27090 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27091 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27092 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27093 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27094 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27096 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27097 mismatched $'s or braces.
27099 Special commands:
27100 \\{latex-mode-map}
27102 Mode variables:
27103 latex-run-command
27104 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27105 tex-directory
27106 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27107 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27108 tex-dvi-print-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27110 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27111 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27112 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27113 tex-dvi-view-command
27114 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27115 tex-show-queue-command
27116 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27117 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27119 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27120 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27121 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27123 \(fn)" t nil)
27125 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27126 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27127 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27128 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27129 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27131 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27132 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27133 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27134 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27135 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27136 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27137 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27139 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27140 mismatched $'s or braces.
27142 Special commands:
27143 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27145 Mode variables:
27146 slitex-run-command
27147 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27148 tex-directory
27149 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27150 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27151 tex-dvi-print-command
27152 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27153 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27154 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27155 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27156 tex-dvi-view-command
27157 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27158 tex-show-queue-command
27159 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27160 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27162 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27163 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27164 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27165 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27167 \(fn)" t nil)
27169 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
27170 Not documented
27172 \(fn)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27175 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27177 \(fn)" t nil)
27179 ;;;***
27181 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27182 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18310 14607))
27183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27185 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
27186 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27187 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27188 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27190 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27191 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
27192 Info-split to do these manually.
27194 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27196 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
27197 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27198 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27199 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27200 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27202 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27204 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
27205 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27206 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27207 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27209 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27210 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27211 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27212 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27214 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27215 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
27217 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27219 ;;;***
27221 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27222 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18310 14607))
27223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27225 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27226 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27228 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
27230 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27231 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27233 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
27235 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
27236 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27238 It has these extra commands:
27239 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27241 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27242 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27243 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27244 modified version of TeX input format.
27246 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27247 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27248 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27249 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27251 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27252 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27253 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27254 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27255 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27256 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27257 in the Texinfo file.
27259 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27260 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27261 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27262 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27263 move forward past the closing brace.
27265 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27266 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27268 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27269 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27270 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27272 Here are the functions:
27274 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27275 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27276 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27278 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27279 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27280 texinfo-master-menu
27282 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27284 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27285 which menu descriptions are indented.
27287 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27288 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27289 in the region.
27291 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27292 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27293 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27294 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27296 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27297 be the first node in the file.
27299 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27300 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27302 \(fn)" t nil)
27304 ;;;***
27306 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27307 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27308 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27309 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27312 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27313 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27314 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27315 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27317 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27319 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27320 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27322 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27324 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27325 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27327 \(fn)" t nil)
27329 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27330 Not documented
27332 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27334 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27335 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27336 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27337 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27338 to compose.
27340 The return value is number of composed characters.
27342 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27345 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27349 ;;;***
27351 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27352 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27353 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18310 14577))
27354 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27356 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27357 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27359 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27361 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27362 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27363 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27364 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27365 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27367 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27368 a symbol as a valid THING.
27370 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27371 of the textual entity that was found.
27373 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27375 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27376 Return the THING at point.
27377 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27378 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27379 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27381 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27382 a symbol as a valid THING.
27384 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27386 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27387 Not documented
27389 \(fn)" nil nil)
27391 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27392 Not documented
27394 \(fn)" nil nil)
27396 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27397 Not documented
27399 \(fn)" nil nil)
27401 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27402 Not documented
27404 \(fn)" nil nil)
27406 ;;;***
27408 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27409 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27410 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27413 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27414 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27416 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27418 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27419 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27420 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27421 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27423 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27425 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27426 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27428 \(fn)" t nil)
27430 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27431 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27433 \(fn)" t nil)
27435 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27437 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27438 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27440 \(fn)" t nil)
27442 ;;;***
27444 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27445 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27446 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27447 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27448 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27449 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18310 14591))
27450 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27452 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27453 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27454 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27456 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27458 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27459 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27461 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27463 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27464 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27465 The returned string has no composition information.
27467 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27469 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27470 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27472 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27474 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27475 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27477 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27479 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27480 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27481 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27482 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27486 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27487 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27488 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27489 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27493 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27494 Not documented
27496 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27498 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27499 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27500 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27502 \(fn)" t nil)
27504 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27505 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27506 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27508 \(fn)" t nil)
27510 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27511 Not documented
27513 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27515 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27516 Not documented
27518 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27520 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27521 Not documented
27523 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27525 ;;;***
27527 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27528 ;;;;;; (18310 14607))
27529 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27531 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27532 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27533 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27534 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27535 parameters.
27536 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27540 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27541 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27542 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27543 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27544 parameters.
27545 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27547 \(fn)" t nil)
27549 ;;;***
27551 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27552 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18310 14578))
27553 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27555 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27556 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27558 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27560 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27561 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27562 This display updates automatically every minute.
27563 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27564 are displayed as well.
27565 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27567 \(fn)" t nil)
27569 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27570 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27571 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27574 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27576 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27578 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27579 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27580 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27582 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27583 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27584 are displayed as well.
27585 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27589 ;;;***
27591 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27592 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27593 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27594 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18310
27595 ;;;;;; 14580))
27596 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27598 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27599 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27601 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27603 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27604 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27605 You can use `float-time' instead.
27607 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27609 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27610 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27612 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27614 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27615 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27617 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27619 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27620 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27622 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27624 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27625 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27626 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27628 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27630 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27632 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27633 Subtract two time values.
27634 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27636 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27638 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27639 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27641 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27643 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27644 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27645 DATE should be a date-time string.
27647 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27649 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27650 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27651 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27653 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27655 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27656 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27658 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27660 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27661 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27663 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27665 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27666 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27667 TIME should be a time value.
27668 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27670 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27672 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27673 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27674 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27676 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27678 ;;;***
27680 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27681 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18310 14578))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27683 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27684 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27685 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27686 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27687 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27688 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27689 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27690 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27692 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27693 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27694 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27695 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27696 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27697 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27698 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27699 look like one of the following:
27700 Time-stamp: <>
27701 Time-stamp: \" \"
27702 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27703 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27704 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27705 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27706 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27707 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27708 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27709 the template.
27711 \(fn)" t nil)
27713 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27714 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27715 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27719 ;;;***
27721 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27722 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27723 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27724 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27725 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
27726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27728 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27729 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27730 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27731 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27732 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27733 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27734 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27735 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27736 display (non-nil means on).
27738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27740 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27741 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27742 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27743 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27744 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27745 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27746 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27747 this function is called within a day.
27749 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27750 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27751 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27752 discover the name of the project.
27754 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27756 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27757 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27758 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27759 begun during the last time segment.
27761 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27762 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27763 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27764 discover the reason.
27766 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27768 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27769 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27770 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27771 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27772 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27774 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27776 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27777 Change to working on a different project.
27778 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27779 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27780 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27781 working on.
27783 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27785 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27786 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27787 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27789 \(fn)" nil nil)
27791 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27792 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27793 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27795 \(fn)" t nil)
27797 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27798 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27799 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27800 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27801 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27802 \"relative to today\".
27804 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27806 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27807 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27808 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27809 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27811 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27813 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27814 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27815 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27816 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27817 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27818 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27820 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27822 ;;;***
27824 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27825 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18310 14582))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27829 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27831 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27832 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27834 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27836 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27837 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27838 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27839 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27841 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27843 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27844 Perform an action at time TIME.
27845 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27846 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27847 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27848 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27849 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27850 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27851 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27852 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27853 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27854 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27855 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27857 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27859 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27861 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27862 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27863 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27864 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27865 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27867 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27869 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27871 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27872 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27873 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27874 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27876 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27878 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27879 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27880 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27881 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27882 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27883 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27884 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27886 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27887 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27889 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27891 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27892 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27894 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27895 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27896 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27897 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27898 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27899 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27900 be detected.
27902 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27904 ;;;***
27906 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27907 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18310 14590))
27908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27910 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27911 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27912 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27913 the generated Quail package is saved.
27915 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27917 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27918 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27919 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27920 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27921 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27922 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27923 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27925 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27927 ;;;***
27929 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27930 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18310
27931 ;;;;;; 14591))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27934 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27935 Not documented
27937 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27939 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27940 Not documented
27942 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27944 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27945 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27946 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27947 PATTERN regexp.
27949 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27951 ;;;***
27953 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27954 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18310 14578))
27955 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27956 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27957 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27958 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27960 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27961 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27962 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27963 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27964 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27966 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27968 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27969 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27970 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27971 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27972 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27974 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27976 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27977 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27978 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27979 in the menu in two ways:
27980 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27981 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27982 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27984 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27985 keymap or an alist of alists.
27986 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27987 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27989 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27991 ;;;***
27993 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27994 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27995 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18310 14580))
27996 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27998 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27999 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28001 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28003 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
28004 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28006 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28008 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
28009 Insert new TODO list entry.
28010 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28011 category.
28013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28015 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
28016 List top priorities for each category.
28018 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28019 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28021 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28022 between each category.
28024 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28026 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
28027 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28028 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28029 between each category.
28031 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28033 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28035 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
28036 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28038 \\{todo-mode-map}
28040 \(fn)" t nil)
28042 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
28043 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28045 \(fn)" nil nil)
28047 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
28048 Show TODO list.
28050 \(fn)" t nil)
28052 ;;;***
28054 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28055 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
28056 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28059 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
28061 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
28062 Add an item to the tool bar.
28063 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28064 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28065 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28066 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28068 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28069 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28070 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28071 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28073 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28074 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28076 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28078 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
28079 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28080 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28081 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28082 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28083 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28085 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28086 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28087 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28088 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28090 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28092 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28093 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28094 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28095 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28096 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28097 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28098 properties to add to the binding.
28100 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28102 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28103 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28105 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28107 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28108 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28109 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28110 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28111 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28112 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28113 properties to add to the binding.
28115 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28116 holds a keymap.
28118 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28120 ;;;***
28122 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28123 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
28124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28126 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28127 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28128 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28131 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28133 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
28135 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
28136 TPU/edt emulation.
28138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28140 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
28142 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
28143 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28145 \(fn)" t nil)
28147 ;;;***
28149 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
28150 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (18310 14582))
28151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
28153 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
28154 Set scroll margins.
28156 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
28158 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
28159 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
28161 \(fn)" t nil)
28163 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
28164 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
28166 \(fn)" t nil)
28168 ;;;***
28170 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18310 14582))
28171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28173 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
28174 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28175 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28176 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28177 to a tcp server on another machine.
28179 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28181 ;;;***
28183 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28184 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18310 14582))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28187 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28188 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28190 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
28192 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
28193 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28194 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28195 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28196 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28197 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28198 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28199 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28201 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28203 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
28204 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28205 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28206 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28207 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28208 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28209 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28210 the window or buffer configuration.
28212 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28214 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28216 ;;;***
28218 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28219 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28220 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
28221 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (18574 8385))
28222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28224 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
28225 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
28226 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
28228 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28229 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28230 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28231 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28233 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28234 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28235 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28236 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28238 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28239 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
28240 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28241 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28242 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28243 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28244 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28245 files which are not really tramp files.
28247 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28248 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28249 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28250 updated after changing this variable.
28252 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28254 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28256 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28257 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28258 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28259 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28261 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28262 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28263 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28264 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28266 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28267 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28268 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28270 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28271 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28272 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28273 updated after changing this variable.
28275 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28277 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28279 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28280 Alist of completion handler functions.
28281 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28282 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28283 normal Emacs functions.")
28285 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28286 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28287 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28288 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28290 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28291 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28292 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28293 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28295 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28296 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28297 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28299 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28301 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28302 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28303 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28305 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28306 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28308 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28309 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28310 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28311 (add-hook
28312 'after-init-hook
28313 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28315 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28316 Not documented
28318 \(fn)" nil nil)
28320 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28321 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28323 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28325 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28326 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28328 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28330 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28331 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28333 \(fn)" t nil)
28335 ;;;***
28337 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28338 ;;;;;; (18355 36599))
28339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28341 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28342 Not documented
28344 \(fn)" nil nil)
28346 ;;;***
28348 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18310
28349 ;;;;;; 14578))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28352 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28353 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28354 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28355 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28356 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28357 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28358 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28359 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28361 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28362 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28363 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28365 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28366 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28367 resumed later.
28369 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28371 ;;;***
28373 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28374 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18310 14607))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28376 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28377 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28378 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28380 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28381 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28382 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28383 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28384 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28385 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28386 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28388 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28390 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28391 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28392 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28393 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28395 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28399 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28400 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28401 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28402 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28403 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28404 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28405 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28407 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28408 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28410 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28411 \\___/\\
28412 / \\
28413 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28415 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28419 ;;;***
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28422 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28423 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28424 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28425 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
28426 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28428 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28429 Toggle typing break mode.
28430 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28432 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28434 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28436 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28437 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28439 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28441 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28442 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28444 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28445 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28446 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28448 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28449 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28451 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28453 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28454 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28456 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28457 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28458 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28459 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28461 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28463 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28464 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28465 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28467 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28468 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28469 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28470 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28471 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28472 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28474 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28475 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28476 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28477 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28479 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28480 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28482 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28483 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28485 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28487 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28488 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28489 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28491 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28492 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28493 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28494 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28495 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28496 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28497 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28499 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28500 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28502 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28503 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28504 reset the keystroke counter.
28506 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28507 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28508 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28509 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28511 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28512 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28513 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28514 `type-break-schedule' command.
28516 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28517 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28518 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28519 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28520 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28521 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28522 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28523 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28524 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28526 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28527 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28528 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28529 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28530 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28532 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28533 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28534 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28535 approximate good values for this.
28537 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28538 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28540 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28541 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28542 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28543 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28544 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28545 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28547 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28548 a typing break occur. They include:
28550 `type-break-query-mode'
28551 `type-break-query-function'
28552 `type-break-query-interval'
28554 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28556 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28557 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28558 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28559 problems.
28561 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28563 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28564 Take a typing break.
28566 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28567 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28569 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28570 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28572 \(fn)" t nil)
28574 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28575 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28576 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28577 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28579 \(fn)" t nil)
28581 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28582 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28584 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28585 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28586 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28587 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28588 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28589 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28590 average typing speed.)
28592 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28593 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28594 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28595 the computed maximum threshold.
28597 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28598 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28599 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28600 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28601 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28603 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28605 ;;;***
28607 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18310 14607))
28609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28611 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28612 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28613 Works by overstriking underscores.
28614 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28615 which specify the range to operate on.
28617 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28619 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28620 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28621 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28622 which specify the range to operate on.
28624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28626 ;;;***
28628 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28629 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18310 14591))
28630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28632 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28633 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28634 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28636 \(fn)" t nil)
28638 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28639 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28640 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28641 following the containing message.
28643 \(fn)" t nil)
28645 ;;;***
28647 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28648 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
28649 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28651 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28652 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28653 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28654 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28655 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28658 \(fn)" nil nil)
28660 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28661 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28663 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28665 ;;;***
28667 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18310
28668 ;;;;;; 14582))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28671 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28672 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28673 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28674 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28676 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28678 ;;;***
28680 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28681 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18310 14608))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28684 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28685 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28686 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28688 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28689 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28690 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28691 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28692 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28693 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28695 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28696 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28697 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28699 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28700 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28701 the callback is not called).
28703 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28704 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28705 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28706 take effect.
28708 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28710 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28711 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28712 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28713 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28714 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28718 ;;;***
28720 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28721 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18417 24432))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28724 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28725 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28726 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28728 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28729 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28730 `url-generic-parse-url'
28731 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28732 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28733 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28734 realm
28735 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28736 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28737 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28738 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28739 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28740 what type of auth to use
28741 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28742 if one cannot be found in the cache
28744 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28746 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28747 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28749 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28750 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28751 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28752 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28753 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28754 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28755 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28756 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28758 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28760 ;;;***
28762 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28763 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18310
28764 ;;;;;; 14608))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28767 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28768 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28770 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28772 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28773 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28775 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28777 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28778 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28780 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28782 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28783 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28785 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28787 ;;;***
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18310 14608))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28792 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28793 Not documented
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28797 ;;;***
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28800 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18310 14608))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28803 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28804 Not documented
28806 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28808 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28809 Not documented
28811 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28813 ;;;***
28815 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18310
28816 ;;;;;; 14608))
28817 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28819 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28820 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28822 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28824 ;;;***
28826 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28827 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18310 14608))
28828 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28830 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28831 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28833 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28835 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28836 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28837 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28838 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28839 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28841 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28843 ;;;***
28845 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28846 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28847 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28850 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28851 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28852 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28855 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28857 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28859 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28860 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28864 (autoload (quote url-file-handler) "url-handlers" "\
28865 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28866 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28867 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28869 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28871 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28872 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28873 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28874 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28875 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28876 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28877 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28878 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28879 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28881 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28883 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28884 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28885 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28886 accessible.
28888 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28890 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28891 Not documented
28893 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28895 ;;;***
28897 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28898 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18422 52349))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28901 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28902 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28903 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28904 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28905 CBARGS as the arguments.
28907 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28909 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28910 Not documented
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28914 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28916 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28917 Not documented
28919 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28921 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28922 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28923 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28925 Property list members:
28927 methods
28928 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28929 supports.
28932 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28933 supported.
28935 dasl
28936 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28938 ranges
28939 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28942 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28943 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28944 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28945 Emacs/W3.
28947 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28949 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28950 Default HTTPS port.")
28952 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28953 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28955 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28956 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28957 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28958 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28959 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28961 ;;;***
28963 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18310 14608))
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28966 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28967 Not documented
28969 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28971 ;;;***
28973 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18310
28974 ;;;;;; 14608))
28975 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28977 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28978 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28979 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28980 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28981 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28985 ;;;***
28987 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28988 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
28989 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28991 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28992 Not documented
28994 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28996 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28997 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28999 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001 ;;;***
29003 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29004 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18310 14608))
29005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29007 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
29008 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29012 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
29013 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29015 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29017 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
29018 Not documented
29020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29022 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
29024 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
29026 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
29028 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
29029 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033 ;;;***
29035 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29036 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
29037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29039 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
29040 Not documented
29042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29044 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
29045 Not documented
29047 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049 ;;;***
29051 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29052 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29053 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29056 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
29057 Not documented
29059 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29061 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
29062 Not documented
29064 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29066 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
29067 Not documented
29069 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29071 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
29072 Not documented
29074 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
29077 Not documented
29079 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29081 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
29082 Not documented
29084 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
29087 Not documented
29089 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29091 ;;;***
29093 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29094 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18310 14608))
29095 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29097 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
29098 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29100 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29102 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
29103 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29104 Format is:
29105 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29107 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109 ;;;***
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29112 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29115 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
29116 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29118 \(fn)" t nil)
29120 ;;;***
29122 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29123 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29124 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29125 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29126 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29127 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29128 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18377 44624))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29131 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29132 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29133 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29135 If t, all messages will be logged.
29136 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29137 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29139 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29141 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29142 Not documented
29144 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29146 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29147 Not documented
29149 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29151 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29152 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29153 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29154 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29155 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29156 & ==> &amp;
29157 < ==> &lt;
29158 > ==> &gt;
29159 \" ==> &quot;
29161 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29163 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29164 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29165 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29167 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29169 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29170 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29171 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29173 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29175 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29176 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29178 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29180 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29181 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29183 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29185 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29186 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29188 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29191 Not documented
29193 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29196 Not documented
29198 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29200 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29201 Not documented
29203 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload (quote url-file-directory) "url-util" "\
29206 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29208 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29210 (autoload (quote url-file-nondirectory) "url-util" "\
29211 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29213 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29215 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29216 Not documented
29218 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29220 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29221 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29222 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29223 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29224 forbidden in URL encoding.
29226 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29228 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29229 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29230 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29231 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29232 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29233 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29235 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29237 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29238 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29239 If optional variable X is t,
29240 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29242 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29245 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29246 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29248 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29250 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29251 View the current document's URL.
29252 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29253 the minibuffer.
29255 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29257 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29259 ;;;***
29261 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29262 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18310 14578))
29263 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29265 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29266 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29267 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29268 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29269 to refrain from editing the file
29270 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29271 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29272 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29273 in any way you like.
29275 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29277 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29278 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29279 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29280 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29281 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29283 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29284 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29286 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29288 ;;;***
29290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18377 44624))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29292 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29294 ;;;***
29296 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29297 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29298 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29301 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29302 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29303 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29304 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29306 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29308 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29309 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29310 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29312 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29314 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29315 Uudecode region between START and END.
29316 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29318 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29320 ;;;***
29322 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29323 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29324 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29325 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29326 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29327 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29328 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18414 39572))
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29331 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29332 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29333 See `run-hooks'.")
29335 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29337 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29338 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29339 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29341 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29343 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29344 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29345 See `run-hooks'.")
29347 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29349 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29350 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29352 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29354 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29355 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29357 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29360 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29361 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29362 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29363 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29364 somebody else, signal error.
29366 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29368 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29369 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29370 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29371 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29372 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29374 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29376 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29377 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29378 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29379 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29380 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29381 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29382 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29383 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29384 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29385 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29386 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29387 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29389 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29391 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29392 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29394 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29395 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29397 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29398 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29399 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29400 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29401 lock steals will raise an error.
29403 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29405 For RCS and SCCS files:
29406 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29407 control.
29408 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29409 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29410 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29411 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29412 it performs a revert.
29413 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29414 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29415 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29416 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29417 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29418 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29419 the option to steal the lock.
29421 For CVS files:
29422 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29423 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29424 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29425 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29426 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29427 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29428 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29429 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29430 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29432 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29434 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29435 Register the current file into a version control system.
29436 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29437 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29439 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29440 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29441 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29442 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29443 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29444 first backend that could register the file is used.
29446 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29448 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29449 Display diffs between file versions.
29450 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29451 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29452 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29453 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29454 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29455 saving the buffer.
29457 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29459 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29460 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29461 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29462 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29464 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29466 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29467 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29468 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29469 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29471 \(fn)" t nil)
29473 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29474 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29475 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29476 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29477 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29478 from the current branch.
29480 See Info node `Merging'.
29482 \(fn)" t nil)
29484 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29486 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29487 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29489 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29491 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29492 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29494 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29496 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29497 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29498 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29499 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29500 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29501 are checked out in that new branch.
29503 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29505 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29506 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29507 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29508 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29509 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29510 allowed and simply skipped).
29512 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29514 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29515 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29516 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29518 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29520 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29521 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29522 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29523 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29524 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29526 \(fn)" t nil)
29528 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29529 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29530 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29531 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29532 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29533 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29535 \(fn)" t nil)
29537 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29538 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29539 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29541 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29543 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29544 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29545 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29546 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29547 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29548 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29549 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29551 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29553 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29554 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29555 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29556 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29557 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29558 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29559 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29560 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29561 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29563 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29565 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29566 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29568 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29570 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29571 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29572 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29573 directory.
29575 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29577 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29578 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29579 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29581 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29582 log entries should be gathered.
29584 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29586 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29587 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29589 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29590 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29591 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29592 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29593 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29594 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29596 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29597 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29598 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29599 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29600 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29601 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29602 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29603 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29605 Customization variables:
29607 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29608 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29609 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29610 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29612 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29614 ;;;***
29616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18323 58980))
29617 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29618 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29619 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29620 (progn
29621 (load "vc-arch")
29622 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29624 ;;;***
29626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18408 28171))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29629 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29630 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29632 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29633 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29634 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29635 (progn
29636 (load "vc-bzr")
29637 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29639 ;;;***
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18310 14578))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29643 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29644 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29645 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29646 (load "vc-cvs")
29647 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29649 ;;;***
29651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18310 14578))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29653 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29654 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29655 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29656 (progn
29657 (load "vc-git")
29658 (vc-git-registered file))))
29660 ;;;***
29662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18479 55600))
29663 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29664 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29665 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29666 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29667 (progn
29668 (load "vc-hg")
29669 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29671 ;;;***
29673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18310 14578))
29674 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29675 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29676 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29677 (progn
29678 (load "vc-mcvs")
29679 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29681 ;;;***
29683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18383 1610))
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29686 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29688 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29689 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29690 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29691 (progn
29692 (load "vc-mtn")
29693 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29695 ;;;***
29697 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29698 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
29699 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29701 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29702 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29703 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29705 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29706 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29708 ;;;***
29710 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29711 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29714 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29715 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29716 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29718 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29719 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29721 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29722 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29723 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29724 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29726 ;;;***
29728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18323 58980))
29729 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29730 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29731 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29732 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29733 "_svn")
29734 (t ".svn"))))
29735 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29736 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29737 (file-name-directory f)))
29738 (load "vc-svn")
29739 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29741 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29743 ;;;***
29745 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29746 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
29747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29748 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29750 (autoload (quote vera-mode) "vera-mode" "\
29751 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29753 Usage:
29754 ------
29756 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29757 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29758 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29759 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29761 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29762 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29763 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29764 completions.
29766 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29767 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29769 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29770 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29772 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29773 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29774 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29776 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29779 Maintenance:
29780 ------------
29782 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29783 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29785 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29787 Official distribution is at
29788 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29791 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29792 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29794 Key bindings:
29795 -------------
29797 \\{vera-mode-map}
29799 \(fn)" t nil)
29801 ;;;***
29803 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29804 ;;;;;; (18408 28172))
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29807 (autoload (quote verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "\
29808 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29809 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29810 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29811 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29813 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29815 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29816 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29818 Supports highlighting.
29820 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29821 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29823 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29825 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29826 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29827 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29828 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29829 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29830 on the left side of your screen.
29831 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29832 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29833 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29834 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29835 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29836 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29837 function keyword.
29838 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29839 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29840 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29841 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29842 if (a)
29843 begin
29844 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29845 Indentation for case statements.
29846 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29847 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29848 mark after an end.
29849 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29850 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29851 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29852 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29853 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29854 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29855 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29856 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29857 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29858 if (a)
29859 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29860 otherwise you get:
29861 if (a)
29862 begin
29863 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29864 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29865 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29866 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29867 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29868 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29869 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29870 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29871 comments in tight quarters.
29872 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
29873 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29875 Variables controlling other actions:
29877 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29878 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29879 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29881 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29883 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29885 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29886 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29887 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29889 Some other functions are:
29891 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29892 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29893 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29894 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29895 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29897 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29898 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29899 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29900 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29902 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29903 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29904 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29905 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29906 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29907 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29908 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29909 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29910 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29911 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29912 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29913 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29914 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29915 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29916 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29917 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29918 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29919 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29920 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29921 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29922 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29923 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29924 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29925 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29926 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29927 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29928 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29929 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29931 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29932 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29934 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29936 \(fn)" t nil)
29938 ;;;***
29940 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29941 ;;;;;; (18310 14602))
29942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29944 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29945 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29947 Usage:
29948 ------
29950 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29951 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29952 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29953 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29954 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29955 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29956 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29957 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29958 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29960 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29961 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29962 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29963 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29965 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29966 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29967 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29968 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29969 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29971 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29972 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29975 HEADER INSERTION:
29976 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29977 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29978 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29981 STUTTERING:
29982 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29983 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29984 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29985 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29987 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29988 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29989 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29990 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29991 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29994 WORD COMPLETION:
29995 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29996 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29997 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29998 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30000 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30001 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30002 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30003 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30004 beginning with \"std\").
30006 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30007 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30008 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30009 stop.
30012 COMMENTS:
30013 `--' puts a single comment.
30014 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30015 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30016 with a comment in between.
30017 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30018 out following lines.
30019 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30020 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30022 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30023 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30024 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30025 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30026 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30027 non-nil.
30029 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30030 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30031 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30032 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30033 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30034 multi-line comments.
30037 INDENTATION:
30038 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30039 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30040 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30041 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30043 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30044 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30045 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30046 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30048 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30049 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30050 and vice versa.
30052 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30053 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30056 ALIGNMENT:
30057 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30058 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30059 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30060 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30061 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30062 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30063 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30064 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30066 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30067 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30068 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30069 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30070 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30071 is non-nil.
30073 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30074 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30075 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30077 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30078 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30081 CODE FILLING:
30082 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30083 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30084 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30085 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30086 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30087 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30090 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30091 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30092 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30093 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30094 command:
30096 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30099 PORT TRANSLATION:
30100 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30101 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30102 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30103 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30104 internal signal initializations (menu).
30106 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30107 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30108 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30110 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30111 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30112 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30113 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30114 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30115 in subsequent paste operations.)
30117 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30118 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30119 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30122 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30123 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30124 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30125 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30126 association list with formals).
30129 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30130 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30131 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30132 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30133 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30134 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30135 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30136 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30137 `vhdl-testbench'.
30140 KEY BINDINGS:
30141 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30144 VHDL MENU:
30145 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30148 FILE BROWSER:
30149 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30150 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30151 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30153 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30154 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30157 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30158 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30159 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30160 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30162 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30163 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30164 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30166 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30167 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30168 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30169 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30171 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30172 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30173 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30174 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30175 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30177 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30178 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30179 required by secondary units.
30182 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30183 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30184 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30185 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30186 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30187 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30188 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30189 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30190 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30191 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30192 inputs to this component -> input port created
30193 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30194 outputs from this component -> output port created
30195 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30196 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30198 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30199 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30200 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30201 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30202 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30204 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30205 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30207 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30208 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30209 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30210 component instantiation is also supported (option
30211 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30213 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30214 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30215 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30216 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30217 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30218 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30219 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30220 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30221 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30222 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30223 | generating the configuration.
30225 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30226 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30227 | configurations in speedbar.
30229 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30232 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30233 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30234 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30235 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30236 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30237 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30238 information. New compilers can be added.
30240 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30241 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30244 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30245 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30246 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30247 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30248 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30250 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30251 command:
30253 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30254 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30255 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30257 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30258 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30259 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30260 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30261 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30262 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30263 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30265 Limitations:
30266 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30267 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30268 not (yet) supported.
30269 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30270 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30271 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30274 PROJECTS:
30275 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30276 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30277 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30278 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30279 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30280 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30281 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30282 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30284 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30285 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30286 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30287 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30288 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30289 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30290 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30291 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30292 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30293 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30294 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30297 SPECIAL MENUES:
30298 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30299 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30300 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30301 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30302 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30303 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30304 current directory for VHDL source files.
30307 VHDL STANDARDS:
30308 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30309 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30312 KEYWORD CASE:
30313 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30314 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30315 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30316 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30317 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30318 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30319 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30320 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30323 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30324 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30325 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30326 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30327 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30328 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30329 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30331 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30332 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30333 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30334 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30335 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30336 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30338 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30339 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30340 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30341 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30342 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30343 visually.
30345 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30346 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30347 highlighted if written in lower case.
30349 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30350 highlighted using a different background color if option
30351 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30353 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30354 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30355 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30356 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30357 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30360 USER MODELS:
30361 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30362 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30363 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30366 HIDE/SHOW:
30367 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30368 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30369 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30370 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30371 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30374 CODE UPDATING:
30375 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30376 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30377 Limitations:
30378 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30379 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30380 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30381 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30382 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30383 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30384 (used to obtain the port names).
30387 CODE FIXING:
30388 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30389 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30392 PRINTING:
30393 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30394 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30395 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30396 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30397 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30398 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30399 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30400 printers.
30403 OPTIONS:
30404 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30405 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30406 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30407 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30408 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30410 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30411 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30412 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30413 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30414 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30415 INSTALL file).
30417 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30418 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30421 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30422 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30423 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30424 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30426 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30429 HINTS:
30430 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30431 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30433 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30435 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30437 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30440 RELEASE NOTES:
30441 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30444 Maintenance:
30445 ------------
30447 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30448 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30450 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30452 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30453 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30454 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30455 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30457 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30458 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30459 where the latest version can be found.
30462 Known problems:
30463 ---------------
30465 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30466 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30467 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30470 The VHDL Mode Authors
30471 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30473 Key bindings:
30474 -------------
30476 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30478 \(fn)" t nil)
30480 ;;;***
30482 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18113 62672))
30483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30485 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30486 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30487 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30488 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30490 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30491 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30492 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30493 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30494 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30496 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30497 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30499 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30501 * Limitations and unsupported features
30502 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30503 not supported.
30504 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30505 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30507 * Modifications
30508 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30509 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30510 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30511 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30512 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30513 for undoing a repeated change command.
30514 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30515 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30516 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30518 * Extensions
30519 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30520 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30521 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30522 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30523 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30524 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30525 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30526 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30528 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30530 \(fn)" t nil)
30532 ;;;***
30534 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30535 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30536 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30537 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18310 14591))
30538 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30540 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30541 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30543 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30545 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30546 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30547 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30548 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30550 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30552 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30553 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30555 \(fn)" t nil)
30557 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30558 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30559 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30560 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30564 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30565 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30567 \(fn)" t nil)
30569 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30570 Not documented
30572 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30574 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30575 Not documented
30577 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30579 ;;;***
30581 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30582 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30583 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18342
30584 ;;;;;; 38263))
30585 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30587 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30588 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30589 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30590 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30592 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30594 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30595 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30596 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30597 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30598 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30599 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30600 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30602 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30604 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30606 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30607 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30608 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30609 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30611 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30612 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30613 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30614 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30615 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30617 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30619 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30621 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30622 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30623 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30624 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30625 buffer.
30627 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30628 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30629 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30630 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30631 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30633 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30635 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30637 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30638 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30639 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30640 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30641 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30642 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30643 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30645 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30647 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30648 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30649 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30651 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30653 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30654 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30655 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30656 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30657 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30658 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30659 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30660 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30662 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30664 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30665 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30666 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30668 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30670 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30671 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30672 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30673 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30674 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30675 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30676 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30677 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30679 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30681 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30682 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30683 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30685 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30687 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30688 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30689 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30690 turn it off.
30692 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30693 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30694 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30695 read-only.
30696 \\<view-mode-map>
30697 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30698 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30699 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30700 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30701 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30703 H, h, ? This message.
30704 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30705 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30706 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30707 > move to the end of buffer.
30708 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30709 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30710 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30711 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30712 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30713 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30714 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30715 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30716 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30717 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30718 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30719 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30720 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30721 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30722 Use this to view a changing file.
30723 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30724 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30725 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30726 . set the mark.
30727 x exchanges point and mark.
30728 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30729 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30730 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30731 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30732 ' go to position saved in character register.
30733 s do forward incremental search.
30734 r do reverse incremental search.
30735 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30736 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30737 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30738 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30739 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30740 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30741 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30742 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30743 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30744 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30745 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30746 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30747 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30748 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30749 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30750 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30751 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30753 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30754 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30755 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30756 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30757 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30758 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30759 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30760 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30761 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30763 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30767 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30768 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30769 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30770 `view-return-to-alist'.
30771 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30772 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30773 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30775 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30776 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30777 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30778 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30779 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30780 1) nil Do nothing.
30781 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30782 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30783 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30784 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30786 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30788 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30790 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30792 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30793 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30795 \(fn)" t nil)
30797 ;;;***
30799 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18310
30800 ;;;;;; 14582))
30801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30803 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30804 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30806 \(fn)" nil nil)
30808 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30809 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30811 \(fn)" t nil)
30813 ;;;***
30815 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30816 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
30817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30819 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30820 Toggle Viper on/off.
30821 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30823 \(fn)" t nil)
30825 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30826 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30828 \(fn)" t nil)
30830 ;;;***
30832 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30833 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
30834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30836 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30837 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30838 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30839 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30840 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30841 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30842 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30843 the beginning of the warning.")
30845 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30846 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30847 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30848 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30849 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30850 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30851 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30852 also call that function before the next warning.")
30854 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30855 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30857 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30858 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30859 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30860 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30862 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30863 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30864 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30865 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30866 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30867 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30869 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30870 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30871 Default is :warning.
30873 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30874 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30875 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30876 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30877 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30878 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30880 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30881 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30882 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30884 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30886 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30887 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30889 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30891 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30892 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30893 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30894 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30896 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30897 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30898 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30899 can be whatever you like.)
30901 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30902 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30904 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30905 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30906 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30907 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30908 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30910 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30912 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30913 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30914 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30915 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30916 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30918 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30920 ;;;***
30922 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30923 ;;;;;; (18342 38263))
30924 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30926 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30927 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30928 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30929 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30930 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30931 in disk.
30933 See `wdired-mode'.
30935 \(fn)" t nil)
30937 ;;;***
30939 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18310 14595))
30940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30942 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30943 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30945 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30946 hotlist.
30948 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30949 <nwv@acm.org>.
30951 \(fn)" t nil)
30953 ;;;***
30955 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30956 ;;;;;; (18310 14602))
30957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30958 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30959 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30961 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30963 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30964 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30965 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30967 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30968 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30970 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30972 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30973 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30974 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30975 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30977 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30978 and off otherwise.
30980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30982 ;;;***
30984 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30985 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30986 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30987 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30988 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30989 ;;;;;; (18326 18335))
30990 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30991 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-leading 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30992 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-trailing 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30993 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-indent 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30994 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-spacetab 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30995 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-ateol 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30997 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30998 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
31000 \(fn)" t nil)
31002 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
31003 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
31005 \(fn)" t nil)
31007 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
31008 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
31010 \(fn)" t nil)
31012 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
31013 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
31015 \(fn)" t nil)
31017 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
31018 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
31020 \(fn)" t nil)
31022 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
31023 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
31024 These are:
31025 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
31026 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
31027 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
31028 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
31029 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
31031 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
31032 and:
31033 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
31034 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
31036 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
31038 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
31039 Check the region for whitespace errors.
31041 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31043 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
31044 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
31045 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
31046 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
31047 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
31049 \(fn)" t nil)
31051 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
31052 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
31054 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31056 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
31058 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
31059 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
31060 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31062 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31063 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
31065 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
31067 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
31068 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
31069 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
31071 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
31072 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
31074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31076 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
31077 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
31078 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
31080 \(fn)" nil nil)
31082 ;;;***
31084 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31085 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18310 14578))
31086 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31088 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
31089 Browse the widget under point.
31091 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31093 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
31094 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31096 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31098 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
31099 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31101 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31103 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
31104 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31105 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31109 ;;;***
31111 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31112 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18310
31113 ;;;;;; 14578))
31114 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31116 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
31117 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31119 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31121 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
31122 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31123 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31125 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31127 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
31128 Create widget of TYPE.
31129 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31131 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31133 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
31134 Delete WIDGET.
31136 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31138 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
31139 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31141 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31143 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
31145 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
31146 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31147 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31149 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
31150 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31152 \(fn)" nil nil)
31154 ;;;***
31156 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31157 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18310
31158 ;;;;;; 14578))
31159 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31161 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
31162 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31163 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31164 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31165 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31166 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31167 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31171 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
31172 Select the window above the current one.
31173 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31174 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31175 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31176 negative ARG) of the current window.
31177 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31181 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
31182 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31183 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31184 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31185 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31186 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31187 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31191 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
31192 Select the window below the current one.
31193 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31194 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31195 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31196 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31197 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31201 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
31202 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31203 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31204 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31206 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31208 ;;;***
31210 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31211 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
31212 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31214 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31215 Toggle Winner mode.
31216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31217 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31219 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
31221 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
31222 Toggle Winner mode.
31223 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31227 ;;;***
31229 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31230 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18430 52623))
31231 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31233 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
31234 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31235 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31236 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31237 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31238 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31239 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31240 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31242 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31243 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31245 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31247 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
31248 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31250 \(fn)" t nil)
31252 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
31253 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31254 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31255 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31256 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31257 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31258 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31259 `woman' command for further details.
31261 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31263 ;;;***
31265 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31266 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
31267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31269 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
31270 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31272 BUGS:
31273 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31274 are not implemented
31275 - Options for search and replace
31276 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31277 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31279 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31280 Emacs-like.
31282 The key bindings are:
31284 C-a backward-word
31285 C-b fill-paragraph
31286 C-c scroll-up-line
31287 C-d forward-char
31288 C-e previous-line
31289 C-f forward-word
31290 C-g delete-char
31291 C-h backward-char
31292 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31293 C-j help-for-help
31294 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31295 C-l ws-repeat-search
31296 C-n open-line
31297 C-p quoted-insert
31298 C-r scroll-down-line
31299 C-s backward-char
31300 C-t kill-word
31301 C-u keyboard-quit
31302 C-v overwrite-mode
31303 C-w scroll-down
31304 C-x next-line
31305 C-y kill-complete-line
31306 C-z scroll-up
31308 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31309 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31310 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31311 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31312 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31313 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31314 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31315 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31316 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31317 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31318 C-k b ws-begin-block
31319 C-k c ws-copy-block
31320 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31321 C-k f find-file
31322 C-k h ws-show-markers
31323 C-k i ws-indent-block
31324 C-k k ws-end-block
31325 C-k p ws-print-block
31326 C-k q kill-emacs
31327 C-k r insert-file
31328 C-k s save-some-buffers
31329 C-k t ws-mark-word
31330 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31331 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31332 C-k v ws-move-block
31333 C-k w ws-write-block
31334 C-k x kill-emacs
31335 C-k y ws-delete-block
31337 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31338 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31339 C-o j justify-current-line
31340 C-o k kill-buffer
31341 C-o l list-buffers
31342 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31343 C-o r set-fill-column
31344 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31345 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31346 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31347 C-o wo other-window
31348 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31350 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31351 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31352 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31353 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31354 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31355 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31356 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31357 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31358 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31359 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31360 C-q a ws-query-replace
31361 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31362 C-q c end-of-buffer
31363 C-q d end-of-line
31364 C-q f ws-search
31365 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31366 C-q l ws-undo
31367 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31368 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31369 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31370 C-q w ws-last-error
31371 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31372 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31374 \(fn)" t nil)
31376 ;;;***
31378 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31379 ;;;;;; (18310 14579))
31380 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31382 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31383 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31384 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31385 Returns the top node with all its children.
31386 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31387 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31389 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31391 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31392 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31393 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31394 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31395 is not well-formed XML.
31396 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31397 and returned as the first element of the list.
31398 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31400 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31402 ;;;***
31404 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18310
31405 ;;;;;; 14579))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31408 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31409 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31410 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31413 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31415 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31417 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31418 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31419 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31420 it off.
31422 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31423 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31424 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31425 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31426 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31427 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31431 ;;;***
31433 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31434 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18310 14589))
31435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31437 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31438 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31442 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31443 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31445 \(fn)" nil nil)
31447 ;;;***
31449 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31450 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18310 14597))
31451 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31453 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31454 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31456 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31458 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31459 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31461 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31463 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31464 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31465 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31469 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31470 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31472 \(fn)" t nil)
31474 ;;;***
31476 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18310 14597))
31477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31479 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31480 Zone out, completely.
31482 \(fn)" t nil)
31484 ;;;***
31486 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31487 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31499 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31500 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31501 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31502 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31503 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31504 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31505 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
31506 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
31507 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31508 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31509 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31510 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31511 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31512 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31513 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31515 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31516 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31517 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31519 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31520 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31521 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31522 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31523 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31524 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31525 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31526 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31527 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31528 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31529 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31530 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31531 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31532 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31533 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31534 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31535 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31536 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31537 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31538 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31539 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31540 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31541 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31542 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31543 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31544 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31545 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31546 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31547 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31548 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31549 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31550 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31551 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31552 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31553 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31554 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31555 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31556 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31557 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31558 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31559 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31560 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31561 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31562 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31563 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31564 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31565 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31566 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31567 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31568 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31569 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31570 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31571 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31572 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31573 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31574 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31575 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31576 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31577 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31578 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/org-mac-message.el" "textmodes/org-mouse.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31609 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31610 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31611 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31612 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31613 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31614 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31615 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31616 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18597 44828 441335))
31618 ;;;***
31620 ;; Local Variables:
31621 ;; version-control: never
31622 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31623 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31624 ;; End:
31625 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here